US20080108658A1 - Methods of promoting osteogenesis - Google Patents

Methods of promoting osteogenesis Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080108658A1
US20080108658A1 US11/853,751 US85375107A US2008108658A1 US 20080108658 A1 US20080108658 A1 US 20080108658A1 US 85375107 A US85375107 A US 85375107A US 2008108658 A1 US2008108658 A1 US 2008108658A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
bone
fluorophenyl
imidazole
substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/853,751
Inventor
Andrew Protter
David Liu
Patrick O'Connor
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US11/853,751 priority Critical patent/US20080108658A1/en
Publication of US20080108658A1 publication Critical patent/US20080108658A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4174Arylalkylimidazoles, e.g. oxymetazolin, naphazoline, miconazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41781,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/454Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pimozide, domperidone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/501Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/517Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00

Definitions

  • the invention is directed to methods of promoting osteogenesis by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor. More specifically, the invention is directed to methods of treating bone fractures, bone diseases, bone grafting, especially enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth, and increasing bone synostosis by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor.
  • Bone is subject to constant breakdown and resynthesis in a complex process mediated by osteoblasts, which produce new bone, and osteoclasts, which destroy bone. Osteoblasts secrete osteoid, the unmineralized organic matrix that subsequently undergoes mineralization which provides strength and rigidity to bone.
  • bone fracture One condition in which enhanced bone formation is required is bone fracture. After a bone fracture, it is desirable to stimulate bone growth so as to hasten and complete bone repair. There are approximately six million bone fractures in the United States each year. The complication rate associated with fracture healing has been estimated at 5-10%. Complications such as non-union, delayed union, and mal-union can occur. The etiology of the complications remains unknown but certain factors are known to negatively affect the outcome of fracture healing. These effects include age, diabetes, and NSAID (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug) use.
  • NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Fracture healing is a complex process.
  • the fracture healing process restores a broken bone to its prior metabolic and mechanical functional state.
  • the initial events that occur following a fracture include tissue hypoxia and hematoma formation.
  • tissue hypoxia and hematoma formation quickly lead to inflammation and edema in the soft tissues surrounding the fracture site.
  • Cell proliferation soon begins to occur rapidly in the periosteum (the osteoblast cell layer around the bone) within the vicinity of the fracture site called the fracture callus.
  • Mesenchymal cell migration falls rapidly during the inflammation phase and it is thought that the fibrin clot formed from the hematoma acts as a source for cell attachment at the fracture site for the migrating cells.
  • the source of the migrating mesenchymal cells remains controversial but probably includes circulating mesenchymal stem cells mobilized from the bone marrow, vascular pericytes, and proliferating muscle satellite cells.
  • the cells that have migrated into the fracture site differentiate into chondrocytes and form a cartilaginous matrix.
  • Endochondral ossification progressively proceeds from the junction between the osteoblasts that have proliferated from the periosteum and the differentiated chondrocytes within the fracture site so that new bone formed from endochondral ossification fills the fracture callus from the periphery to the actual fracture site.
  • Chondrocytes at the osteoblast-chondrocyte boundary terminal differentiate into hypertrophic chondrocytes, express Type X collagen, secrete angiogenic factors, and mineralize the cartilaginous matrix (calcified cartilage). Osteoblasts at the osteoblast-chondrocyte junction secrete new bone. As angiogenesis occurs at this boundary, osteoclasts migrate into the area, resorb the calcified cartilage, which is then replaced with new bone secreted from the osteoblasts. Ultimately, this process bridges the fracture site and the bone is remodeled based upon the mechanical stresses imposed upon the bone.
  • MAP kinases are involved in various cellular responses to extracellular signals.
  • p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein (MAP) kinase also called p38 kinase or “High Osmolarity Glycerol response kinase” (HOG)
  • MAPK Mitogen-Activated Protein kinase
  • Other members of the MAP kinase family include the classical MAPKs termed Extracellular signal Regulated Kinases (ERK), which are activated by a variety of mitogenic stimuli as well as differentiation signals, and Stress-Activated Protein Kinases (SAPK) (also called Jun N-terminal Kinases (JNK)).
  • ERK Extracellular signal Regulated Kinases
  • SAPK Stress-Activated Protein Kinases
  • JNK Jun N-terminal Kinases
  • p38 MAP kinase is activated by a variety of cellular stressors, including ultraviolet radiation, osmotic shock, and inflammatory cytokines, such as interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ). Once activated, p38 MAP kinase mediates the induction of mRNA synthesis for a variety of inflammatory mediators, including IL-113, TNF- ⁇ , IL-6, and cyclo-oxygenase-2 (COX-2).
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • COX-2 cyclo-oxygenase-2
  • p38 ⁇ is also referred to as p38.
  • p38 ⁇ is also referred to as p38-2.
  • p38 ⁇ is also referred to as ERK6.
  • IL-1 and TNF stimulate the production of other proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-6 and IL-8 and have been implicated in acute and chronic inflammatory diseases and in postmenopausal osteoporosis (Kimble, R. B. et al., Endocrinol. 136:3054-3061 (1995)).
  • IL-6 and IL-8 proinflammatory cytokines
  • IL-6 and IL-8 proinflammatory cytokines
  • MAPKs such as p38 MAP kinase
  • p38 MAP kinase have been implicated in cancer, thrombin-induced platelet aggregation, immunodeficiency disorders, autoimmune diseases, cell death, allergies, osteoporosis and neurodegenerative disorders.
  • Other diseases associated with IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 or TNF overproduction are set forth in WO 96/21654.
  • the invention is directed to a method of promoting osteogenesis in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of osteogenesis.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of treating bone fracture in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of bone fracture.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • bone fracture includes, but is not limited to, a traumatic bone fracture or a long-term fracture.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of enhancing bone grafting in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of enhanced bone grafting.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is further directed to a method of treating a bone disease in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of a bone disease.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of reducing bone resorption in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of bone resorption, thereby increasing bone mass in the patient.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction, and to enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth or increasing bone synostosis in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need thereof.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing bone mass in a mammal, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the mammal in need of increased bone mass.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of decreasing osteoclast numbers in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of decreased osteoclasts.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing chondrocyte differentiation in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of increased chondrocyte differentiation.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is further directed to a method of accelerating calcified cartilage formation in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of accelerated calcified cartilage formation.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing or enhancing the rate of bone growth in a mammal, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the mammal in need of increased or enhanced rate of bone growth.
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • FIGS. 1A-1I Radiographs from control rats at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 1A Rat 65.
  • FIG. 1B Rat 67.
  • FIG. 1C Rat 81.
  • FIG. 1D Rat 87.
  • FIG. 1E Rat 92.
  • FIG. 1F Rat 98.
  • FIG. 1G Rat 109.
  • FIG. 1H Rat 114.
  • FIG. 1i Rat 118.
  • FIG. 2A-2F Radiographs from rofecoxib treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 2A Rat 80.
  • FIG. 2B Rat 96.
  • FIG. 2C Rat 97.
  • FIG. 2D Rat 104.
  • FIG. 2E Rat 107.
  • FIG. 2F Rat 123.
  • FIG. 3A-3E Radiographs from p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day, treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 3A Rat 60.
  • FIG. 3B Rat 61.
  • FIG. 3C Rat 78.
  • FIG. 3D Rat 84.
  • FIG. 3E Rat 94.
  • FIG. 4A-4H Radiographs from p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 4A Rat 64.
  • FIG. 4B Rat 68.
  • FIG. 4C Rat 85.
  • FIG. 4D Rat 90.
  • FIG. 4E Rat 95.
  • FIG. 4F Rat 102.
  • FIG. 4G Rat 108.
  • FIG. 4H Rat 115.
  • FIGS. 5A-5C Graphical representation of the mechanical testing data at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 5A Normalized peak torque at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 5B Normalized torsional rigidity at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 5C Graphical representation of the mechanical testing data at 4 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIGS. 6A-6D Histological analysis of fracture healing in drug treated rats at 2 weeks post-fracture.
  • FIG. 6A Control.
  • FIG. 6B Rofecoxib.
  • FIG. 6C p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day.
  • FIG. 6D p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day.
  • FIG. 7 Histological analysis of the fracture callus of p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rat.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E Histological analysis of growth plate morphology of drug treated rats.
  • FIG. 8A Control, at 2 weeks.
  • FIG. 8B Rofecoxib, at 2 weeks.
  • FIG. 8C p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day, at 2 weeks.
  • FIG. 8D p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, at 2 weeks.
  • FIG. 8E p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, at 4 weeks.
  • FIG. 9 Histological analysis of cartilage and bone destriction in early stage arthritis.
  • FIG. 10A-10D are a graphical representation of clinical manifestations of arthritis over time.
  • FIG. 10B is a graphical representation of cartilage oligo matrix protein levels in native, control and treated populations.
  • FIG. 10C is a histological analysis of bone and cartilage destruction in advanced stage arthritis.
  • FIG. 10D is a graphical representation of osteoclast numbers in advanced stage arthritis.
  • osteogenesis inhibition can provide beneficial effects regarding osteogenesis, especially when regarding bone deficits, bone diseases, fractures, grafting, bone resorption, and also beneficial effects in osteogenesis following elective or non-elective bone surgery, especially cosmetic surgery including facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction or mandibular reconstruction, osteogenesis following tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth, and increasing bone synostosis.
  • the invention is directed to a method of osteogenesis in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of bone healing.
  • bone is intended the dense, semi-rigid, porous, calcified connective tissue forming the major portion of the skeleton of most vertebrates, comprising a dense organic matrix and an inorganic, mineral component.
  • Bone is any of numerous anatomically distinct structures making up the skeleton of a vertebrate.
  • osteogenesis refers to the net development and net formation of bone, including, without limitation the promotion of new bone growth and/or the alevation of bone resorption.
  • bone healing is intended restoring a bone and, optionally, the surrounding cartilage to, or to be closer to, their original or intended physical and mechanical properties when compared to such properties possessed by the bone prior to the start of such healing and/or prior to the injury, pathological destruction, pathological deterioration, surgical destruction, or surgical deterioration of the bone.
  • a “pharmaceutically effective amount” is intended an amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a condition, disorder or disease, is sufficient to elicit a cellular response that is clinically significant, without excessive levels of side effects. See, “Formulations and Methods of Administration” section, infra, for further details.
  • “Mammal” refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, and pet companion animals such as a household pet and other domesticated animal such as, but not limited to, cattle, sheep, ferrets, swine, horses, poultry, rabbits, goats, dogs, cats and the like. Preferred companion animals are dogs and cats. Preferably, the mammal is human.
  • a “patient” is intended a mammal, preferably a human, in need of treatment of a condition, disorder or disease.
  • the invention is directed to a method of treating or increasing the rate of healing of bone fracture in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment or increase in the rate of healing of bone fracture.
  • beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms; diminishment of extent of condition, disorder or disease; stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of condition, disorder or disease; delay or slowing of condition, disorder or disease progression; amelioration of the condition, disorder or disease state, remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable; or enhancement or improvement of condition, disorder or disease.
  • Treatment includes eliciting a cellular response that is clinically significant, without excessive levels of side effects. Treatment also includes prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
  • bone fracture is intended a complete or incomplete break, rupture or crack of a bone. Diagnosis of fractures normally depends upon clinical examination and radiological findings.
  • bone fractures include, but are not limited to, traumatic fractures, long-term fractures, and pathological fractures.
  • Traumatic fracture refers to an immediate fracture, which involves a supraliminal trauma with a degree of local violence that exceeds the natural elasticity of the bone. It can be accompanied by simultaneous injury to the soft tissues and very often the skin. A traumatic fracture can be closed (the adjacent soft tissues can be injured but the covering soft parts are largely preserved). A traumatic fracture can also be open (the broken ends of the bone are freed by extensive soft tissue injury so that pathogens from outside can enter the wound directly).
  • Long-term fracture refers to a chronic fracture, fatigue fracture, stress fracture or spontaneous fracture type I.
  • “Pathological fracture” refers to a spontaneous fracture type II. A pathological fracture arises spontaneously, without adequate trauma to account for it.
  • the bone may have been previously damaged, either by systemic disease (e.g., osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, or Paget's osteitis deformans) or by a local bone lesion (e.g., metastasis, radio-osteonecrosis, or bone tumor). See, Adler, Claus-Peter, B ONE D ISEASES , p. 114 (Springer-Verlag, Germany 2000).
  • Fractures also include, but are not limited to, oblique torsion fracture, transverse fracture, comminuted fracture, compression fracture, rib fractures, creeping fracture, and fractured femoral neck (Adler, Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, Springer-Verlag, Germany (2000)).
  • Fracture healing includes primary fracture healing and secondary fracture healing.
  • Primary fracture healing involves (1) internal contact of the bone ends, (2) uninterrupted immobility of the part, and (3) an adequate blood supply.
  • Secondary fracture healing involves local inflammation and development of a callus (Adler, Claus-Peter, B ONE D ISEASES , Springer-Verlag, Germany (2000)).
  • the invention is also directed to a method of treating or increasing the rate of bone grafting in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment or increased rate of bone grafting.
  • bone grafting is intended bone implantation or transplantation by, e.g., autograft, allograft, xenograft, demineralized bone, synthetic and natural bone graft substitutes, such as bioceramics and polymers, and osteoinductive factors.
  • bone grafting include, but are not limited to, enhancing healing in, e.g., delayed union or nonunion fractures, to replace areas of bone loss arising from neoplasia excision, osteomyelitis, trauma or cysts, and stimulating bone fusion in arthrodeses.
  • the invention is directed to a method of increasing bone synostosis in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof.
  • the bone synostosis can be, but is not limited to, a vertebral synostosis.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing or accelerating osteogenesis, especially following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of enhancing long bone extension or enhancing prosthetic ingrowth in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof.
  • the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used in promotion of osteogenesis in plastic surgery, stimulation of bone ingrowth into non-cemented prosthetic joints and dental implants, treatment of periodontal disease and defects, and other tooth repair processes.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of treating a bone disease in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment of a bone disease.
  • Bone diseases that can be treated according to the invention, by increasing bone mass or bone growth include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhood idiopathic bone loss, curvature of the spine, and loss of height.
  • Destructive bone disorders that can be treated according to the invention include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and osteolytic lesions such as those caused by neoplastic disease, radiotherapy, or chemotherapy.
  • Bone diseases can be caused by a condition which presents with low bone mass, a bone deficit, or a cartilage defect.
  • bone mass is intended bone mass per unit volume.
  • a condition which presents with low bone mass is a condition where the level of bone mass is below the age specific normal level as defined in standards in “Assessment of Fracture Risk and its Application to Screening for Postmenopausal Osteoporosis,” Report of a World Health Organization Study Group, World Health Organization Technical Series 843 (1994).
  • a bone deficit is an imbalance in the ratio of bone formation to bone resorption, such that, if unmodified, the subject will exhibit less bone than desirable, or the subject's bones will be less intact and coherent than desired.
  • Bone deficit can also result from fracture, from surgical intervention or from dental or periodontal disease.
  • Bone healing includes, but is not limited to, repair of bone deficits, such as those occurring in, e.g., closed, open and non-union fractures.
  • a cartilage defect is a damaged cartilage, less cartilage than desired, or cartilage that is less intact and coherent than desired.
  • the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used for treating cartilage defects.
  • Conditions which present with low bone mass are, but not limited to, primary and secondary osteoporosis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, and childhood idiopathic bone loss.
  • Conditions which present with low bone mass also includes, but are not limited to, long term complications of osteoporosis such as curvature of the spine, loss of height and prosthetic surgery.
  • the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used to elevate peak bone mass in pre-menopausal women, to treat growth deficiencies, increase bone formation during distraction osteogenesis, and treat other skeletal disorders, such as age-related osteoporosis, post-menopausal osteoporosis, glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis or disuse osteoporosis and arthritis.
  • the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can also be useful in repair of congenital, trauma-induced or surgical resection of bone (for instance, for cancer treatment), and in cosmetic surgery.
  • Osteoporosis or porous bone is a disease characterized by net loss of bone mass per unit volume. The consequence of this loss of bone mass and resulting bone fracture is the failure of the skeleton to provide adequate structural support for the body, low bone mass and structural deterioration of bone tissue, leading to bone fragility and an increased susceptibility to fractures of the hip, spine, and wrist. Bone loss occurs without symptoms. Osteoporosis includes “secondary osteoporosis,” such as glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis, hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis, immobilization-induced osteoporosis, heparin-induced osteoporosis or immunosuppressive-induced osteoporosis. In people with osteoporosis, the bones can become so weak that a sudden strain can cause a fracture or a vertebra to collapse. Most current osteoporosis treatments stop continued bone loss but do not enhance bone formation and thus bone quality remains poor but does not get worse.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing bone mass in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased bone mass.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of decreasing bone resorption in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of decreased bone resorption, thereby increasing bone mass to offset the decreased bone resorption.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing or enhancing the rate of bone growth in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased or enhanced rate of bone growth.
  • the invention is further directed to a method of decreasing osteoclast differentiation by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased osteoclast activity.
  • osteoclasts differentiation is mediated by p38 MAP kinase activity (Li et al., Endocrinology 143:3105 (2002); Lee et al., Bone 30(1):71 (2002); Matsumoto et al., FEBS Lett. 486:23 (2000); and Matsumoto et al., J. Biol. Chem. 275:31155 (2000)).
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing chondrocyte differentiation in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased chondrocyte differentiation.
  • Chondrocytes are mature cartilage cells embedded in a lacuna within the cartilage matrix. Chondrocytes are formed embryologically through condensation and differentiation of mesenchymal cell precursors. After birth, chondrocytes are present in a variety of cartilaginous tissues. During bone healing, mesenchymal stem cells migrate and/or proliferate at the fracture site and begin to differentiate into chondrocytes.
  • the p38 kinase inhibitor can promote chondrocyte differentiation either indirectly by promoting proliferation and/or migration of mesenchymal stem cells, or by directly accelerating calcified cartilage formation, which is the end stage of chondrocyte differentiation.
  • the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be administered to a mammal to induce differentiation of bone-forming cell precursors.
  • a “cell precursor” is intended a cell that possesses and retains the capacity for proliferation and differentiation, e.g., mesenchymal cell, preosteoblast, and chondrocyte.
  • the invention is also directed to a method of increasing or accelerating the rate of calcified cartilage formation in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of accelerated calcified cartilage formation.
  • Vaccines are also contemplated. Such uses would include treatment of bone or cartilage deficits or defects in domestic animals, livestock and thoroughbred horses.
  • a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor and estrogen, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, or a bisphosphonate can be administered when appropriate as can be determined by those of skill in the art.
  • Preferred bisphosphonates include, but are not limited to, tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, zoledronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid, clodronic acid, and pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • these compounds are often referred to as their ion form, e.g., tiludronate, alendronate, zoledronate, ibandronate, risedronate, etidronate, clodronate and pamidronate.
  • Especially preferred bisphosphonates include alendronate and risedronate.
  • the term “inhibitor” includes, but is not limited to, any suitable molecule, compound, protein or fragment thereof, nucleic acid, formulation or substance that can regulate p38 MAP kinase activity.
  • the inhibitor can affect a single p38 MAP kinase isoform (p38 ⁇ , p38 ⁇ , p3 ⁇ , and p38 ⁇ ), more than one isoform, or all isoforms of p38 MAP kinase.
  • the inhibitor regulates the ⁇ isoform of p38 MAP kinase.
  • the inhibitor can exhibit its regulatory effect upstream or downstream of p38 MAP kinase or on p38 MAP kinase directly.
  • inhibitor regulated p38 MAP kinase activity include those where the inhibitor can decrease transcription and/or translation of p38 MAP kinase, can decrease or inhibit post-translational modification and/or cellular trafficking of p38 MAP kinase, or can shorten the half-life of p38 MAP kinase.
  • the inhibitor can also reversibly or irreversibly bind p38 MAP kinase, inactivate its enzymatic activity, or otherwise interfere with its interaction with downstream substrates.
  • the inhibitor should exhibit an IC 50 value of about 5 ⁇ M or less, preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less. In a related embodiment, the inhibitor should exhibit an IC 50 value relative to the p38 ⁇ MAP kinase isoform that is about ten fold less than that observed when the same inhibitor is tested against other p38 MAP kinase isoforms in a comparable assay.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • IC 50 values are calculated using the concentration of inhibitor that causes a 50% decrease as compared to a control.
  • a binding assay is a fairly inexpensive and simple in vitro assay to run. As previously mentioned, binding of a molecule to p38 MAP kinase, in and of itself, can be inhibitory, due to steric, allosteric or charge-charge interactions. A binding assay can be performed in solution or on a solid phase using p38 MAP kinase or a fragment thereof as a target. By using this as an initial screen, one can evaluate libraries of compounds for potential p38 MAP kinase regulatory activity.
  • the target in a binding assay can be either free in solution, fixed to a support, or expressed in or on the surface of a cell.
  • a label e.g., radioactive, fluorescent, quenching, etc.
  • This approach can also be used to conduct a competitive binding assay to assess the inhibition of binding of a target to a natural or artificial substrate or binding partner. In any case, one can measure, either directly or indirectly, the amount of free label versus bound label to determine binding. There are many known variations and adaptations of this approach to minimize interference with binding activity and optimize signal.
  • the compounds that represent potential inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase function can be administered to a cell in any number of ways.
  • the compound or composition can be added to the medium in which the cell is growing, such as tissue culture medium for cells grown in culture.
  • the compound is provided in standard serial dilutions or in an amount determined by analogy to known modulators.
  • the potential inhibitor can be encoded by a nucleic acid that is introduced into the cell wherein the cell produces the potential inhibitor itself.
  • Alternative assays involving in vitro analysis of potential inhibitors include those where cells (e.g., HeLa) transfected with DNA coding for relevant kinases can be activated with substances such as sorbitol, IL-1, TNF, or PMA. After immunoprecipitation of cell lysates, equal aliquots of immune complexes of the kinases are pre-incubated for an adequate time with a specific concentration of the potential inhibitor followed by addition of kinase substrate buffer mix containing labeled ATP and GST-ATF2 or MBP. After incubation, kinase reactions are terminated by the addition of SDS loading buffer.
  • substances such as sorbitol, IL-1, TNF, or PMA.
  • Phosphorylated substrate is resolved through SDS-PAGE and visualized and quantitated in a phosphorimager.
  • the p38 MAP kinase regulation in terms of phosphorylation and IC 50 values, can be determined by quantitation. See e.g., Kumar, S. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 235:533-538 (1997).
  • TNF- ⁇ as a correlation to p38 MAP kinase activity.
  • One such example is a Human Whole Blood Assay.
  • venous blood is collected from, e.g., healthy male volunteers into a heparinized syringe and is used within 2 hours of collection.
  • Test compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO and 1 ⁇ l aliquots of drug concentrations ranging from 0 to 1 mM are dispensed into quadruplicate wells of a 24-well microtiter plate (Nunclon Delta SI, Applied Scientific Co., San Francisco, Calif.).
  • Whole blood is added at a volume of 1 ml/well and the mixture is incubated for 15 minutes with constant shaking (Titer Plate Shaker, Lab-Line Instruments, Inc., Melrose Park, Ill.) at a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO 2 at 37° C.
  • Whole blood is cultured either undiluted or at a final dilution of 1:10 with RPMI 1640 (Gibco 31800+NaHCO 3 , Life Technologies, Rockville, Md. and Scios, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif.).
  • 10 ⁇ l of LPS E. coli 0111:B4, Sigma Chemical Co., St.
  • a similar assay is an Enriched Mononuclear Cell Assay.
  • the enriched mononuclear cell assay begins with cryopreserved Human Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (HPBMCs) (Clonetics Corp.) that are rinsed and resuspended in a warm mixture of cell growth media. The resuspended cells are then counted and seeded at 1 ⁇ 06 cells/well in a 24-well microtitre plate. The plates are then placed in an incubator for an hour to allow the cells to settle in each well.
  • HPBMCs Human Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells
  • each well contains HPBMCs, LPS and a test chemical compound.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccharide
  • ELISA Enzyme Linked Immunoassay
  • R 1 is a heteroaryl ring selected from 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolin-4-yl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-benzimidazolyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and a 1,2,4-triazin-5-yl ring, which heteroaryl ring is substituted one to three times with Y, N(R 10 )C(O)R b , a halo-substituted mono- or di-C 1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, or NHR a and which ring is further optionally substituted with C 1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkylthio, optionally-substituted C 1-14 alkylsulfinyl, CH 2 OR 12 , amino, mono- and di-C 1-6 alky
  • Y is X 1 —R a ;
  • X 1 is oxygen or sulfur
  • R a is C 1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R b is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R d is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, or a heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR 7 R 17 , —C(Z)OR 16 , —(CR 10 R 20 ) v COR 12 , —SR 5 , —SOR 5 , —OR 12 , halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R 12 , —NR 10 C(Z)R 16 , or —(CR 10 R 20 ) v NR 10 R 20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halogen, cyano, —C(Z
  • R f is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl or R 8 ;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur
  • v 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n′ 1 or 2;
  • n′′ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R 2 is C 1-10 alkyl N 3 , —(CR 10 R 20 ) n′ OR 9 , heterocylyl, heterocycylC 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 13 R 14 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NO 2 , (CR 10 R 20
  • n is an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • n′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • R 5 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl or NR 7 R 17 , excluding the moieties —SR 5 being —SNR 7 R 17 and —S(O)R 5 being —SOH;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C 1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R 7 and R 17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 7 and R 17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 15 ;
  • R 8 is C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 13 R 14 , wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R 11 , optionally-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, S(O) 2 R 18 , optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 10 and R 20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 11 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl;
  • R 12 is hydrogen or R 16 ;
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9 ;
  • R 15 is R 10 or C(Z)C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 16 is C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or C 3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 18 is C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl;
  • R 19 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R 1 , Y, X 1 , R a , R b , R d , v, m, m′, m′′, Z, n, n′, and R 5 are defined as above, and
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 28 ) n OR 12 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ OR 13 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ S(O) m R 25 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ S(O) 2 R 25 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ NHS(O) 2 R 25 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ NR 8 R 9 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ NO 2 , (CR 10 R 28 ) n′ CN
  • R 3 is hydrogen or Q-(Y 1 ) t ;
  • Q is an aryl or heteroaryl group
  • t is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Y 1 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-5 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-5 alkyl, halogen, or —(CR 10 R 20 ) n Y 2 ;
  • Y 2 is OR 8 , NO 2 , S(O) m′ R 11 , SR 8 , S(O) m′ OR 8 , S(O) m NR 8 R 9 , NR 8 R 9 , O(CR 10 R 20 ) n′ NR 8 R 9 , C(O)R 8 , CO 2 R 8 , CO 2 (CR 10 R 20 ) n′ CONR 8 R 9 , ZC(O)R 8 , CN, C(Z)NR 8 R 9 , NR 10 C(Z)R 8 , C(Z)NR 8 OR 9 , NR 10 C(Z)NR 8 R 9 , NR 10 S(O) m′′ R 11 , N(OR 21 )C(Z)NR 8 R 9 , N(OR 21 )C(Z)R 8 , C( ⁇ NOR 21 )R 8 , NR 10 C( ⁇ NR 15 )SR 11 , NR 10 C( ⁇ NR 15 )NR 8 R 9 , NR 10
  • R 4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl or naphth-2-yl which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl or 5-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halo, nitro, cyano, C(Z)NR 7 R 17 , C(Z)OR 23 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v COR 36 , SR 5 , SOR 5 , OR 36 , halo-substituted-C 1 , alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, ZC(Z)R 36 , NR 10 C(Z)R 23 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v NR 10 R 20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halo, nitro, cyano, C(Z)NR 16 R 26 , C(Z)OR 8 , (CR 10 R 20 ) m′′ COR 8 , S(O
  • R 7 and R 17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 7 and R 17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 22 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl or R 1 ,;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, or R 8 and R 9 can together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 12 ;
  • R 10 and R 20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 11 is C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
  • R 12 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R 13 or optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or S(O) 2 R 25 ;
  • R 13 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, wherein all of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R 14 and R 24 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, nitro or cyano;
  • R 15 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R 16 and R 26 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C 1-14 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 12 ;
  • R 18 and R 19 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylalkyl, or together denote an oxygen or sulfur;
  • R 21 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C 1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R 22 is R 10 or C(Z)-C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 23 is C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, or C 3-5 cycloalkyl;
  • R 25 is C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
  • R 27 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • R 28 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl moiety, all of which can be optionally substituted; and
  • R 36 is hydrogen or R 23 ;
  • Exemplary compounds of this formula include:
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-5 alkyl, halogen, C 1-5 alkoxy, or arylC 1-5 alkyl;
  • R 2 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, C 1-5 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-5 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-5 alkyl, heterocyclic, or heterocyclicC 1-5 alkyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl
  • X is O, CH 2 , S or NH, or the moiety X—R 1 is hydrogen;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, any of which, except for hydrogen, can be optionally substituted;
  • V is CH or N
  • Ar is an aryl or heteroaryl ring, either of which can be optionally substituted
  • one of X 1 and X 2 is N, and the other is NR 15 , wherein R 15 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, or arylC 1-6 alkyl;
  • X 3 is a covalent bond or C(R 2 )(R 3 );
  • R 2 and R 3 independently represent optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, or R 2 and R 3 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, or 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl ring containing up to three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Y is NR 10 R 11 , NR 10 OC(Z)NR 10 R 11 , NR 10 COOR 11 , NR 10 SO 2 R 11 , or C(O)N 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 and R 5 independently represent hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, any one of which, except hydrogen, can be optionally substituted, or R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10-membered optionally-substituted monocyclic or bicyclic ring;
  • R 13 is hydrogen, X—R 1 , halogen, optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, CH 2 OR 14 , di-C 1-6 alkylamino, N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 8 , or a 5- to 7-membered N-heterocyclyl ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and NR 9 ;
  • R 14 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R 12 or optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylC 1-6 alkyl or S(O) 2 R 8 ;
  • R 6 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 7 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 8 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclylC 2-6 alkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, arylC 2-6 alkenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl and heteroarylC 2-6 alkenyl, any of which can be optionally substituted; or NR 10 R 11 can represent a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N and S; and
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur
  • R 1 is a heteroaryl selected from 4-pyridyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 4-quinolyl, 6-isoquinolinyl, quinazolin-4-yl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-benzimidazolyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and a 1,2,4-triazin-5-yl ring, which heteroaryl ring is substituted one to three times with Y, NHR a , optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkylthio, optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkylsulfinyl, CH 2 OR 12 , amino, mono- and di-C 1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, N(R 10 )C(O)R b , N(R 10 )S(O) 2 R d , or an N-heterocycl
  • Y is X 1 —R a ;
  • X 1 is oxygen or sulfur
  • R a is C 1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R b is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R d is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, a heteroaryl or a fused phenyl-containing ring system, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR 7 R 17 , —C(Z)OR 16 , —(CR 10 R 20 ) v COR 12 , —SR 5 , —SOR 5 , —OR 12 , halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R 12 , —NR 10 C(Z)R 16 , or —(CR 10 R 20 ) v NR 10 R 20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is
  • R f is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl or R 8 ;
  • v 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n′ 1 or 2;
  • n′′ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R 2 hydrogen, —(CR 10 R 23 ) n OR 9 , heterocylyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 23 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NR 13 R 14 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NO 2 , (CR 10 R 23 ) CN, (CR 10 R 23 )
  • n 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur
  • R 5 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl or NR 7 R 17 , excluding the moieties —SR 5 being —SNR 7 R 17 and —S(O)R 5 being —SOH;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C 1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R 7 and R 17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 7 and R 17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 15 ;
  • R 8 is C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 13 R 14 , wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R 11 , optionally-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, S(O) 2 R 18 , optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 10 and R 20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 11 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 12 is hydrogen or R 16 ;
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9 ;
  • R 15 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl or C(Z)-C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 16 is C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or C 3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 18 is C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 19 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl
  • R 23 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl, all of which can be optionally substituted; or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • R 1 is 4-pyridyl or 4-pyrimidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted one or more times with Y, C 1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 alkylthio, C 1-4 alkylsulfinyl, CH 2 OR 12 , amino, mono- and di-C 1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, N(R 10 )C(O)R b , or an N-heterocyclyl ring which has from 5 to 7 members and optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 15 ;
  • Y is X 1 —R a ;
  • X 1 is oxygen, sulfur, or NH
  • R a is C 1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R b is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R 4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, or a heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR 7 R 17 , —C(Z)OR 16 , —(CR 10 R 20 ) v COR 12 , —SR 5 , —SOR 5 , —OR 12 , halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R 12 , —NR 10 C(Z)R 16 , or —(CR 10 R 20 ) v NR 10 R 20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halogen, cyano, —C(Z
  • R f is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl or R 8 ;
  • v 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n′ 1 or 2;
  • n′′ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R 2 hydrogen, C(H)(A)(R 22 ), —(CR 10 R 23 ) n OR 9 , heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 23 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NR 13 R 14 , (CR 10 R 23 ) n NO 2 , (CR 10 R 23
  • A is an optionally-substituted aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring, or A is a substituted C 1-10 alkyl;
  • n 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur
  • R 5 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl or NR 7 R 17 , excluding the moieties —SR 5 being —SNR 7 R 17 and —S(O)R 5 being —SOH;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C 1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R 7 and R 17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 7 and R 17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 15 ;
  • R 8 is C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 11 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 18 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 18 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 13 R 14 , wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R 11 , optionally-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, S(O) 2 R 18 , optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 10 and R 20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 11 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R 12 is hydrogen or R 16 ;
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9 ;
  • R 15 is R 10 or C(Z)C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 16 is C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or C 3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 18 is C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl;
  • R 19 is hydrogen, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl
  • R 23 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl, all of which can be optionally substituted; or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • one Z 2 is CA or CR 8 A and the other is CR 1 , CR 1 2 , NR 6 or N wherein each R 1 , R 6 and
  • R 8 is independently hydrogen or noninterfering substituent
  • A is —CO(X) j Y wherein Y is COR 2 or an isostere thereof and R 2 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent, X is a spacer preferably 2-6 ⁇ in length, and j is 0 or 1;
  • Z 3 is NR 7 or O
  • each R 3 is independently a noninterfering substituent, wherein a “noninterfering substituent” is one that does not reduce the inhibitor activity of the compound;
  • n 0-3;
  • each of L 1 and L 2 is a linker
  • each R 4 is independently a noninterfering substituent
  • n 0-4;
  • Z 1 is CR 5 or N wherein R 5 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent; each of 1 and k is an integer from 0-2 wherein the sum of 1 and k is 0-3;
  • Ar is an aryl group substituted with 0-5 noninterfering substituents, wherein two noninterfering substituents can form a fused ring;
  • the distance between the atom of Ar linked to L and the center of the a ring is preferably 4.5-24 ⁇ .
  • a “noninterfering substituent” is a substituent which leaves the ability of the compound of formula (I) to inhibit p38- ⁇ activity qualitatively intact. Thus, the substituent may alter the degree of inhibition of p38- ⁇ . However, as long as the compound of formula (I) retains the ability to inhibit p38- ⁇ activity, the substituent will be classified as “noninterfering.” A number of assays for determining the ability of any compound to inhibit p38- ⁇ activity are available in the art.
  • HET is a 5-7 membered heterocycle with 1 to 4 N, S or O atoms, which heterocycle is substituted with 1 to 3 C 1 -C 4 branched or straight chain alkyl groups. HET can optionally be substituted with halo, cyano, N(R′) 2 , OR′, CO 2 R′, CON(R′) 2 , and SO 2 N(R 2 ) 2 ;
  • X is O or NR′
  • n 1 to 3;
  • R′ is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 3 )-alkenyl or alkynyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, hydroxy, methyl or ethyl; or a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, hydroxy, methyl or ethyl;
  • R 1 is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )-alkyl, hydroxy, or (C 1 -C 3 )-alkoxy;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )-alkyl, or (C 1 -C 3 )-alkenyloxy; each optionally substituted with —N(R′) 2 , —OR′, —SR′, —C(O)—N(R′) 2 , —S(O 2 )—N(R′) 2 , —C(O)—OR′, or R 3 ; and
  • R 3 is selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems.
  • R 1 is an aryl or heteroaryl ring, which ring is optionally substituted
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted;
  • R 3 is a C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, or heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties are optionally substituted;
  • X is R 2 , OR 2 , S(O) m R 2 or (CH 2 ) n NR 14 , or (CH 2 ) n NR 2 R 4 ;
  • n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
  • R 4 and R 14 are each independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-14 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl, or R 4 and R 14 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9 , and which ring can be optionally substituted;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, can be optionally substituted;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, C(Z)R 6 , optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted arylC 1-4 alkyl;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur
  • each of Q1 and Q2 are independently selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems, or 8-10 membered bicyclic ring systems comprising aromatic carbocyclic rings, aromatic heterocyclic rings or a combination of an aromatic carbocyclic ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring;
  • the rings that make up Q 1 are substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, each of which is independently selected from halo; C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with NR 12 , OR′, CO 2 R′ or CONR 12 ; (C 1 -C 3 )-alkoxy optionally substituted with NR 12 , OR′, CO 2 R′ or CONR 12 ; NR 12 ; OCF 3 ; CF 3 ; NO 2 ; CO 2 R′; CONR′; SR′; S(O 2 )N(R′) 2 ; SCF 3 ; CN; N(R′)C(O)R 4 ; N(R′)C(O)OR 4 ; N(R′)C(O)C(O)R 4 ; N(R′)S(O 2 )R 4 ; N(R′)R 4 ; N(R 4 ) 2 ; OR 4 ; OC(O)R 4 ; OP(O) 3 H 2 ; or N ⁇ C
  • the rings that make up Q2 are optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents, each of which is independently selected from halo; C 1 -C 3 straight or branched alkyl optionally substituted with NR 12 , OR′, CO 2 R′, S(O 2 )N(R′) 2 , N—C—N(R′) 2 , R 3 , or CONR 12 ; (C 1 -C 3 )-alkoxy optionally substituted with NR 12 , OR′, CO 2 R′, S(O 2 )N(R′) 2 , N ⁇ C—N(R′) 2 , R 3 , or CONR 12 ; NR 12 , OCF 3 ; CF 3 ; NO 2 ; CO 2 R′; CONR′; R 3 ; OR 3 ; NR 3 ; SR 3 ; C(O)R 3 ; C(O)N(R′)R 3 ; C(O)OR 3 ; SR′; S(O 2 )N(R
  • R 3 is selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems
  • R 4 is (C 1 -C 4 )-alkyl optionally substituted with N(R′) 2 , OR′, CO 2 R′, CON(R′) 2 , or SO 2 N(R 2 ) 2 ; or a 5-6 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with N(R′) 2 , OR′, CO 2 R′, CON(R′) 2 , or SO 2 N(R 2 ) 2 ;
  • X is selected from —S—, —O—, —S(O 2 )—, —S(O)—, —S(O 2 )—N(R 2 )—, —N(R 2 )—S(O 2 )—, —N(R 2 )—C(O)O—, —O—C(O)—N(R 2 ), —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—N(R 2 )—, —N(R 2 )—C(O)—, —N(R 2 )—, —C(R 2 ) 2 —, or —C(OR′) 2 —;
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen, —R 2 , —N(R′) 2 , —OR 2 , SR 2 , —C(O)—N(R 2 ) 2 , —S(O 2 )—N(R 2 ) 2 , or —C(O)—OR 2 , wherein two adjacent R are optionally bound to one another and, together with each Y to which they are respectively bound, form a 4-8 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )-alkyl, or (C 1 -C 3 )-alkenyl; each optionally substituted with —N(R′) 2 , —OR′, SR′, —C(O)—N(R′) 2 , —S(O 2 )—N(R′) 2 , —C(O)—OR′, or R 3 ;
  • Y is N or C
  • Z if present, is N, NH, or, if chemically feasible, O;
  • A if present, is N or CR′;
  • n 0 or 1
  • R 1 is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )-alkyl, hydroxy, or (C 1 -C 3 )-alkoxy.
  • R 3′ , R 4′ , R 5′ are each independently H, C 1-10 -alkyl, optionally substituted by halogen up to perhalo, C 1-10 alkoxy, optionally substituted by halogen, up to perhaloalkoxy, halogen; NO 2 or NH 2 ;
  • R 6′ is H, C 1-10 -alkyl, C 1-10 alkoxy, —NHCOR 1 ; —NR 1 COR 1 ; NO 2 ;
  • R 4′ , R 5′ , or R 6′ can be —X—Y; or
  • R 4′ -R 6′ can together be an aryl or heteroaryl ring with 5-12 atoms, optionally substituted by C 1-10 -alkyl, C 1-10 alkoxy, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 1-10 alkanoyl, C 6-12 aryl, C 5-12 heteroaryl or C 6-12 arakyl;
  • R 1 is C 1-10 -alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, up to perhalo;
  • X is —CH 2 —, —S—, —N(CH 3 )—, —NHC(O)—, —CH 2 —S—, —S—CH 2 —, —C(O)—, or —O—;
  • X is additionally a single bond where Y is pyridyl
  • Y is phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, pyridone, pyrazine, benzodioxane, benzopyridine, pyrimidine or benzothiazole, each optionally substituted by C 1-10 -alkyl, C 1-10 -alkoxy, halogen, OH, —SCH 3 or NO 2 or, where Y is phenyl, by
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 10 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halo substituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl and up to per-halosubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl;
  • R 2 is C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 3 -C 14 heteroaryl, substituted C 6 -C 14 aryl or substituted C 3 -C 14 heteroaryl;
  • V is a substituted group, it is substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, up to per-halosubstitution, —CN, —CO 2 R 5 , —C(O)R 5 , —C(O)NR 5 R 5′ , —NR 5 R 5′ , —OR 5 , —SR 5 , —NR 5 C(O)R 5 , —NR 5 C(O)OR 5′ and —NO 2 ; and
  • R 5 and R 5′ are independently selected form the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl, C 7 -C 24 alkaryl, C 4 -C 23 alkheteroaryl, up to per-halosubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C 6 -C 14 aryl and up to per-halosubstituted C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl;
  • L 1 is substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of —SO 2 R x , —C(O)R x and —C(NR y )R z ;
  • R y is hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety of up to 24 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally halosubstituted, up to perhalo;
  • R z is hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety of up to 30 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen;
  • R x is R z or NR a R b where R a and R b are
  • R a and R b together form a 5-7 member heterocyclic structure of 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O, or a substituted 5-7 member heterocyclic structure of 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O, substituted by halogen, hydroxy or carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen; or
  • R a or R b is —C(O)—, a C 1 -C 5 divalent alkylene group or a substituted C 1 -C 5 divalent alkylene group bound to the moiety L to form a cyclic structure with at least 5 members, wherein the substituents of the substituted C 1 -C 5 divalent alkylene group are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen;
  • B is an unsubstituted or substituted, up to tricyclic, aryl or heteroaryl moiety with up to 30 carbon atoms with at least one 5- or 6-membered aromatic structure containing 0-4 members of the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;
  • B is substituted, it is substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, up to per-halo, and W n , wherein n is 0-3 and each W is independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO 2 R 7 , —C(O)NR 7 R 7 , —C(O)R 7 , —NO 2 , —OR 7 , —SR 7 , —NR 7 R 7 , —NR 7 C(O)OR 7 , —NR 7 C(O)R 7 , C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 1-10 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 7 -C 24 alkaryl, C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl, C 4 -C 23 alkheteroaryl, substituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, substituted C 2-10 -alken
  • W is a substituted group, it is substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO 2 R 7 , —C(O)NR 7 R 7 , —C(O)R 7 , —NO 2 , —OR 7 , —SR 7 , —NR 7 R 7 , —NR 7 C(O)OR 7 , —NR 7 C(O)R 7 and halogen up to per-halo;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl, C 7 -C 24 alkaryl, C 4 -C 23 alkheteroaryl, up to per-halosubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C 2-10 -alkenyl, up to per-halosubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C 6 -C 14 aryl and up to per-halosubstituted C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl;
  • Ar is a 5-10 member aromatic structure containing 0-4 members of the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen up to per-halosubstitution and optionally substituted by Z n1 , wherein n 1 is 0 to 3 and each Z substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO 2 R 7 , —C(O)NR 7 R 7 , —C(O)—NR 7 , —NO 2 , —OR 7 , —SR 7 , —NR 7 R 7 , —NR 7 C(O)OR 7 , —C(O)R 7 , —NR 7 C(O)R 7 , C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 3 -C 13 heteroaryl, C 7 -C 24 alkaryl, C 4 -C 23 alkheteroaryl, substituted C 1 -
  • the unsaturated linkage i.e., the vinylene or acetylene linkage
  • the unsaturated linkage is preferably not directly attached to the nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur moieties, for instance in OR f , or for certain R 2 moieties.
  • halogen such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • hydroxy hydroxy-substituted C 1-10 alkyl
  • C 1-10 alkoxy such as methoxy or ethoxy
  • S(O) m alkyl wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl
  • amino, mono and di-substituted amino such as in the NR 7 R 17 group; or where the R 7 R 17 can together with the nitrogen to which they are attached cyclize to form a 5- to 7-membered ring which optionally includes an additional heteroatom selected from O,N, and S
  • C 1-10 alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, etc.
  • halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl such as CF 3
  • an optionally substituted aryl such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl moieties can also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy-substituted alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; S(O) m alkyl; amino, mono- and di-substituted amino, such as in the NR 7 R 17 group; alkyl, or CF 3 .
  • Inhibitors useful in the present invention can be used with any pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound utilized by the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines.
  • Basic salts of inorganic and organic acids also include as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulphonic acid, ethane sulphonic acid, acetic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid and mandelic acid.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of the above-described compounds can also be formed with a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, for instance, if a substituent group comprises a carboxy moiety.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable cations are well known to those skilled in the art and include alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium and quaternary ammonium cations.
  • organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
  • ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethy
  • the inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase can be used as single therapeutic agents or in combination with other therapeutic agents.
  • Drugs that could be usefully combined with these compounds include monoclonal antibodies targeting cells of the immune system, antibodies or soluble receptors or receptor fusion proteins targeting immune or non-immune cytokines, and small molecule inhibitors of cell division, protein synthesis, or mRNA transcription or translation, or inhibitors of immune cell differentiation, activation, or function (e.g., cytokine secretion).
  • halo or halogens, include the halogens: chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo;
  • C 1-10 alkyl or “alkyl”—both straight and branched chain radicals of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is otherwise limited, including, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and the like;
  • cycloalkyl is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, preferably of 3 to 8 carbons, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like;
  • cycloalkenyl is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, preferably of 5 to 8 carbons, which have at least one double bond, including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like;
  • alkenyl is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2-10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, wherein there is at least one double bond between two carbon atoms in the chain, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like;
  • heteroaryl (on its own or in any combination, such as “heteroaryloxy” or “heteroaryl alkyl”)—a 5-10-membered aromatic ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, such as, but not limited, to pyrrole, pyrazole, furan, thiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazolinyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, oxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, imidazole, or benzimidazole;
  • heterocyclic (on its own or in any combination, such as “heterocyclylalkyl”)—a saturated or partially unsaturated 4-10-membered ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; such as, but not limited to, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, tetrahydropyran, or imidazolidine;
  • aralkyl or “heteroarylalkyl” or “heterocyclicalkyl” is used herein to mean C 1-4 alkyl as defined above attached to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic moiety as also defined herein unless otherwise indicate;
  • sulfinyl the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide
  • thio refers to the sulfide
  • sulfonyl refers to the fully oxidized S(O) 2 moiety
  • aroyl a C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such groups include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl; and
  • alkanoyl a C(O)C 1-10 alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
  • the compounds useful in the practice of the present invention can contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and can exist in racemic and optically active forms. The use of all of these compounds are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • a pharmaceutical composition useful in the present invention comprises a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (such as those described above) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, diluent and/or salt.
  • compositions comprising: a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient, and/or salt.
  • the carrier, diluent, excipient and/or salt must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, does not adversely affect the therapeutic benefit of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, and is not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • Administration of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof for practicing the present invention can be by any method that delivers the compounds systemically and/or locally (e.g., at the site of the bone fracture, osteotomy, or orthopedic surgery). These methods include oral routes, parenteral routes, intraduodenal routes, etc.
  • the compound or pharmaceutical composition is applied to the sites of bone fractures, osteotomies or grafts, for example, either by injection of the compound in a suitable solvent (e.g., an oily solvent such as arachis oil) to the fracture site or bone healing site or, in cases of open surgery, by local application thereto of such compounds in a suitable carrier such as bone-wax, demineralized bone powder, polymeric bone cements, bone sealants, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid-polyglycolic acid, etc.
  • a suitable solvent e.g., an oily solvent such as arachis oil
  • a suitable carrier such as bone-wax, demineralized bone powder, polymeric bone cements, bone sealants, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid-polyglycolic acid, etc.
  • local application can be achieved by applying a solution or dispersion of the compound in a suitable carrier onto the surface or incorporating it into solid or semi-solid implants conventionally used in orthopedic surgery, such as dacron-mesh, gel-foam and kiel bone, or prostheses.
  • the compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof can be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers.
  • Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax, sugars such as lactose and water.
  • the pharmaceutical compostions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • additional therapeutic agents can be administered together with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors.
  • Those additional agents can be administered sequentially in any order, as part of a multiple dosage regimen, from the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor-containing composition (consecutive or intermittent administration).
  • those agents can be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor in a single composition (simultaneous or concurrent administration).
  • a pharmaceutical composition useful in the invention can take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, semisolids, sustained release formulations, elixirs, aerosols, and the like.
  • Tablets containing various excipients such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate are employed along with various disintegrants such as starch, preferably potato or tapioca starch, and certain complex silicates, together with binding agents such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and acacia.
  • lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc are often very useful for tabletting purposes.
  • compositions of a similar type are also employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules; preferred materials in this connection also include lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • preferred materials in this connection also include lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • the compounds of this invention can be combined with various sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents, as well as such diluents as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin and various like combinations thereof.
  • formulation depends on various factors such as the mode of drug administration (e.g., for oral administration, formulations in the form of tablets, pills or capsules are preferred) and the bioavailability of the drug substance.
  • pharmaceutical formulations have been developed especially for drugs that show poor bioavailability based upon the principle that bioavailability can be increased by increasing the surface area i.e., decreasing particle size.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,107,288 describes a pharmaceutical formulation having particles in the size range from 10 to 1,000 nm in which the active material is supported on a crosslinked matrix of macromolecules.
  • 5,145,684 describes the production of a pharmaceutical formulation in which the drug substance is pulverized to nanoparticles (average particle size of 400 nm) in the presence of a surface modifier and then dispersed in a liquid medium to give a pharmaceutical formulation that exhibits remarkably high bioavailability.
  • parenteral refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous, intramedullary and intraarticular injection and infusion.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for parenteral injection can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
  • Aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injection purposes.
  • the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily obtainable by standard techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles examples include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
  • carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof such as vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • compositions useful in the present invention can also contain adjuvants such as, but not limited to, preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • the absorption from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of the drugs, it is desirable to slow the absorption from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This can be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, can depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide, polyglycolide, and polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
  • Administration by slow infusion is particularly useful when intrathecal or epidural routes are employed.
  • a number of implantable or body-mountable pumps useful in delivering compound at a regulated rate are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,619,652.
  • Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, can contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • aqueous or partially aqueous solutions are prepared.
  • compositions useful in the invention can also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and can be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredients in finely divided form can be used in admixture with a larger-sized pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier comprising particles having a size, for example, of up to 100 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • Suitable inert carriers include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the composition can be pressurized and contain a compressed gas, such as, e.g., nitrogen, carbon dioxide or a liquefied gas propellant.
  • a compressed gas such as, e.g., nitrogen, carbon dioxide or a liquefied gas propellant.
  • the liquefied propellant medium and indeed the total composition are preferably such that the active ingredients do not dissolve therein to any substantial extent.
  • the pressurized composition can also contain a surface active agent.
  • the surface active agent can be a liquid or solid non-ionic surface active agent or can be a solid anionic surface active agent. It is preferred to use the solid anionic surface active agent in the form of a sodium salt.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of the invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the drugs.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the drugs.
  • compositions useful in the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposomes.
  • liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or multi-lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used.
  • the present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to the compounds of the invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like.
  • the preferred lipids are the phospholipids and the phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic. Methods to form liposomes are known in the art (see e.g., Prescott, E., Meth. Cell Biol. 14:33 (1976)).
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a non-toxic solid, semisolid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type, including but not limited to ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
  • ion exchangers e.glycine, sorbic acid,
  • Solid pharmaceutical excipients include, but are not limited to, starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like.
  • Liquid and semisolid excipients can be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc.
  • Preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols.
  • compositions useful in the present invention can contain 0.1%-95% of the compound(s) of this invention, preferably 1%-70%.
  • the composition or formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of a compound(s) according to this invention in an amount effective to treat the condition, disorder or disease of the subject being treated.
  • compositions in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. It will be understood that, when administered to, for example, a human patient, the total daily usage of the agents or composition of the present invention will be decided within the scope of sound medical judgement by the attending physician.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors: the type and degree of the cellular response to be achieved; activity of the specific agent or composition employed; the specific agents or composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the agent; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific agent; and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of the agents at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosages until the desired effect is achieved.
  • satisfactory results are obtained by oral administration of the compounds at dosages on the order of from 0.05 to 500 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day, more preferably 1 to 50 mg/kg/day, administered once or, in divided doses, 2 to 4 times per day.
  • dosages on the order of from 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.05 to 500 mg/kg/day, and more preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day can be used.
  • Suitable daily dosages for patients are thus on the order of from 2.5 to 500 mg p.o., preferably 5 to 250 mg p.o., more preferably 5 to 100 mg p.o., or on the order of from 0.5 to 250 mg i.v., preferably 2.5 to 125 mg i.v. and more preferably 2.5 to 50 mg i.v.
  • Dosaging can also be arranged in a patient specific manner to provide a predetermined concentration of the agents in the blood, as determined by techniques accepted and routine in the art (HPLC is preferred).
  • HPLC is preferred.
  • patient dosaging can be adjusted to achieve regular on-going blood levels, as measured by HPLC, on the order of from 50 to 5000 ng/ml, preferably 100 to 2500 ng/ml.
  • the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form useful for bone healing.
  • the kit can have a carrier means being compartmentalized in close confinement to receive two or more container means therein, having (1) a first container means containing a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor and (2) a second container means containing a therapeutically effective amount of carrier, excipient or diluent.
  • the kit can have additional container mean(s) containing a therapeutically effective amount of additional agents.
  • the kit comprises a container for containing the separate compositions such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet, however, the separate compositions can also be contained within a single, undivided container.
  • the kit comprises directions for administration of the separate components.
  • the kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
  • Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process, recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
  • a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the dosage form so specified should be ingested.
  • a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., “First Week, Monday, Tuesday . . . Second Week, Monday, Tuesday . . . ” etc.
  • a “daily dose” can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day.
  • a daily dose of the compound, a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa.
  • the memory aid should reflect this.
  • COX-2 function is essential for endochondral ossification during the fracture healing process.
  • COX-2 is induced by pro-inflammatory stimuli and the prostaglandins made by COX-2 can enhance inflammation. Inflammation is an early phase of fracture healing and it has been theorized that inflammation initiates the bone healing cascade of molecular and cellular events. Therefore, it was also hypothesized that the inflammation event itself was important for initiating and maintaining the fracture healing cascade and not strictly a function of COX-2.
  • Osteoclasts were noted within the fracture calluses of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats. The amount of osteoclasts was not quantified but appeared to approximate levels found in control rats.
  • the initial set of 24 rats used for these experiments was designated group A (Table 4). These rats received drug in PEG300 as vehicle and at a dose of 1 ml/kg. Six of the 24 rats in group A died from apparent toxicity to either the batch of PEG300 or the 1 ml/kg dose since rats died in each of the 4 treatment categories. A seventh rat was euthanized due to its poor appearance, also apparently from the PEG300 toxicity effect. Among the remaining rats, a general poor state of health was observed with rats not eating or drinking and demonstrating a very lethargic behavior during the five days of drug administration. To alleviate this problem, a different batch of PEG300 (Sigma) was used and the dose was dropped to 0.5 ml/kg for the remainder of the animals used (rats 25-124). No further PEG300 toxicity was observed.
  • FIGS. 1A-1I Radiographs from the control rats at 4 weeks post-fracture appeared to be following a normal healing response.
  • the fracture was not bridged at either apex of the fracture callus or by new bone formation at the cortical bone ends of fracture site.
  • An example of rat that shows no bridging was rat #65 ( FIG. 1A ).
  • bridging at the apex of the fracture callus and new bone formation was evident at the fracture site in the top-half of the fracture callus from rat #114 ( FIG. 1H ).
  • the negative effects of rofecoxib on fracture healing were evident in the radiographs shown in FIGS. 2A-2F .
  • FIGS. 3A-3E and 4 A- 4 H and Table 1 show that the top apex of the fracture callus was clearly bridged and new bone formation (cotton-ball-like appearance) also appeared to be bridging the top of the fracture in this animal. In contrast, the apex of the bottom half of this callus (Rat #60) did not appear to be bridged. Similar and even better examples of accelerated healing were found among the other radiographs of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats. Note that the radiograph for rat #61 ( FIG.
  • Torsional mechanical testing was performed on the fractured (right) and contralateral (left) femurs from control, rofecoxib (3 mg/kg/day); p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (30 mg/kg/day), and p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (2 ⁇ 30 mg/kg/day).
  • the stabilizing rods were removed from the femurs prior to testing and the femurs were wrapped in saline soaked gauze to prevent dehydration prior to testing.
  • the ends of the femurs were potted in hex nuts with Wood's metal and the peak torque and angle failure determined using an MTS servohydraulic mechanical testing machine and a 20 Nm reaction torque load cell as per standard procedures (Simon, A. M.
  • Femur and fracture callus dimensions and gage length were measured before and after mechanical testing using digital calipers. The values obtained were used to calculate torsional rigidity, and shear stress as described (Simon, A. M. et al., J. Bone Min. Res ., in press (2002)). Finally, the data was normalized as the percentage of the fractured femur relative to the contralateral femur for each animal. This helped to reduce animal-to-animal variability.
  • FIGS. 6A-6D , 7 and 8 A- 8 E The histological findings are shown in FIGS. 6A-6D , 7 and 8 A- 8 E.
  • FIG. 6A post-fracture and normal healing process in the control group
  • FIG. 6B the rofecoxib treated animal
  • FIG. 6B less woven bone formation was observed as it did not approach the cortical bone ends of the fracture site and an abundance of chondrocytes.
  • FIG. 6C In the rat treated with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor once per day ( FIG. 6C ), a near normal amount of woven bone but more than normal amounts of chondrocytes was observed. Finally in the rat treated with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor twice per day ( FIG. 6D ), advanced healing with the fracture gap almost filled with newly formed woven bone was observed.
  • osteoclast number One potential mechanism by which the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor could be enhancing fracture healing is by reducing osteoclast number. Osteoclasts were observed in the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated fracture callus ( FIG. 7 ). As discussed above, p 38 MAP kinase activity positively regulates osteoclast differentiation. The number of osteoclasts appeared to be about the same as in control animals but this parameter was not quantified.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E There were also some variations in growth plates of the contralateral control femurs ( FIGS. 8A-8E ).
  • the distal femur growth plate appeared to be normal in the control ( FIG. 8A ) and rofecoxib ( FIG. 8B ) treated animals.
  • FIGS. 8C and 8D In the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats at two weeks post-fracture ( FIGS. 8C and 8D ), there appeared to a slight decrease in chondrocyte cell layers in the resting and proliferative zones, a decrease in the maturation of the calcification zone, and an increase in the amount of new bone in the growth plate calcified zone, which could also be interpreted as a decrease in the calcified zone since this was replaced with new bone.
  • FIG. 8E Large amounts of new bone formation at the growth plate of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (twice a day) rat at 4 weeks post-fracture and the near absence of any calcified cartilage were observed ( FIG. 8E ). This suggested that p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treatment was enhancing the differentiation of the chondrocytes at the growth plate.
  • Retired breeder female Sprague-Dawley rats were purchased from Taconic Farms. The rats were housed in pairs and given food and water ad libitum. A total of 124 rats were purchased for these experiments (Table 4). However, only 65 rats were used for the final set of experiments as described in Table 4. Drugs were first administered to the rats by gavage using PEG300 (Sigma) as a carrier (0.5 ml per kg). Rats were initially gavaged with drugs 6 hours after surgery (between 4 and 6 PM on day 1) and then twice/day afterwards for 5 days (between 6-8 AM and again between 5-7 PM). Drug dosing regimes are shown in Table 5. The p38 MAP kinase inhibitor used in the experiments is compound 25, Table B.
  • Rofecoxib was obtained by pulverizing Vioxx pills (Merck). TABLE 4 Rat Number of Experimental Group Numbers Rats Variables Disposition A 1-24 24 1 ml/kg PEG, thick See Appendix A rod (1.1 mm dia.) B 25-57 33 0.5 ml/kg PEG, See Appendix A thick rod (1.1 mm dia.) 58 and 59 2 Rod diameter test Not used for data rats analysis C 60-124 65 0.5 ml/kg PEG, thin Radiographic, rod (0.81 mm dia.) histological, and mechanical analyses Total 124
  • Rats were anesthetized with a ketamine-xylazine mixture. The right hindlimb was shaved, and cleansed with betadine. A medial parapatellar incision was made through the skin and underlying muscle to the distal end of the femur. The patella was dislocated laterally to expose the femoral condyles. A 20 g needle was used to drill a hole into the distal end of the femur, between the condyles, and then used to ream the femoral canal. A 0.81 mm diameter stainless steel wire was then inserted into the femoral condyle and tamped into the proximal end of the femur.
  • the rod was then trimmed as close as possible to the femoral condyles with wire cutters.
  • a mid-shaft transverse fracture was made in the right femur using a three-point bending device as described previously (Bonnarens, F. and Einhorn, T. A., J. Orthop. Res. 2:97-101 (1984)).
  • Radiographs were made using an HP Faxitron and Kodak MINR2000 mammography film. Radiographs were photographed with and Olympus C-3040 digital camera for figure preparation.
  • the 4 week post-fracture radiographs from all the rats that had survived to 4 weeks in Group C (rats 60-124) and which were not comminuted, infected, or destabilized were scored as follows. One point was assigned to each radiograph in which a cortex of the fracture callus appeared bridged and/or where the cortical bone fracture site appeared to be bridged by new bone. Thus a radiograph could have a minimal score of 0 or a maximal score of 4.
  • Femurs were dissected from rats at 2, 4, 6, and 8 weeks as detailed in Appendix A. Soft tissue was dissected from the femurs and the femurs were fixed overnight in buffered formalin. The femurs were then embedded in polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) following standard procedures. Longitudinal sections ( ⁇ 200 um thick) were cut from the PMMA blocks and ground and polished to a thickness of approximately 50-100 um. The sections were then stained with Van Gieson's picrofuschin and Stevenel's Blue.
  • PMMA polymethylmethacrylate
  • Rats were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-fracture by CO 2 asphyxiation. Rats with oblique, comminuted, or infected fractures were not used for mechanical testing (see Appendix A). Both femora were removed and cleaned of all soft tissue leaving the fracture callus undisturbed and then immediately processed for mechanical testing. The samples were wrapped in saline soaked gauze to prevent dehydration between steps. Measurements of the femora were taken using digital calipers to determine femur length and external callus dimensions. The intramedullary pin was removed from the fractured femur.
  • the femoral ends were potted in 1-inch hexnuts using a low melt temperature metal (Wood's metal, Alfa Aesar, Ward Mill, Mass.). Once potted, the gage length (L) of each femur was measured. Torsional testing was conducted using a servohydraulic testing machine (MTS, Eden, Praire, Minn.) with a 20 Nm reaction torque cell (Interface, Scottsdale, Ariz.). The testing was carried out to failure at a rate of 2°/sec and a data recording rate of 20 Hz. Both the fractured and intact femora were tested in internal rotation in proper anatomic orientation. The peak torque and angle at failure were calculated from the load-deformation curves. Internal fracture callus dimensions were measured after mechanical testing.
  • FIGS. 6A-6D The histological observations at two weeks post-fracture also support this contention ( FIGS. 6A-6D ). Furthermore, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor has no negative effect on fracture healing, unlike Celebrex or Vioxx. Therefore, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor should be a better post-fracture, post-orthopedic surgical procedure analgesic and/or anti-inflammatory medication.
  • P38 Inhibitor ⁇ 2 died — PEG toxicity — Found dead @am gavaging Nov. 7, 2001 21 P38 Inhibitor ⁇ 2 mech 8 wks No poor right leg test, very high angle at failure 22 P38 Inhibitor ⁇ 2 euthanized — bad fx — bad fx, saced 23 P38 Inhibitor ⁇ 2 died — PEG toxicity — Found dead @am gavaging Nov. 7, 2001 24 P38 Inhibitor ⁇ 2 died — PEG toxicity — Found dead @am gavaging Nov.
  • p38a MAP kinase has been shown to regulate key pro-inflammatory pathways in RA, including TNF ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , and COX 2.
  • a p38 ⁇ MAP kinase inhibitor (compound 162, Table B) was evaluated to determine whether a p38 inhibitor could modulate cartilage and bone destruction in a mouse model of RA. Induction of RA was achieved using bovine type II cartilage (100 ug/kg, subcutaneous on days 0 and 21) and bacterial lipopolysaccharide (50 ug/mouse, intraperitoneal on day 22).
  • Oral treatment was vehicle alone (1% PEG 400, bid) or the p38 inhibitor (90 mg/kg bid).
  • the duration of treatment was 10 and 20 days in mice with early onset or advanced disease, respectively.
  • Treatment was initiated in mice with early onset or advanced disease.
  • Disease state was determined by clinical scoring performed in a blinded protocol that assigned a maximum per paw value of 3 based upon degree of erythema and swelling observed. Early or advanced disease was judged by clinical scoring, 1.6 ⁇ 0.6 (mean +/ ⁇ std dev) on day 24 and 9.1 ⁇ 2.6 on day 30, respectively.
  • the p38 inhibitor When treatment was initiated at the onset of disease, the p38 inhibitor was associated with a statistically significant improvement in clinical scoring (7.0 ⁇ 3.4 vs 2.4 ⁇ 1.5 for vehicle and the p38 inhibitor, respectively, p ⁇ 0.0005 by ANOVA with Bonferroni post test).
  • Qualitative histological evaluation included degree of bone and cartilage erosion, synovitis and pannus formation. Histological analysis showed a dramatic reduction in all aspects of joint lesion morphology including reduced cartilage and bone erosions (see, FIGS. 9A and 9B ).

Abstract

The invention is directed to methods of bone healing by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor. The invention is directed to methods of treating bone fractures, bone diseases, bone grafting, especially enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth, and increasing bone synostosis by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/651,934, which is now U.S. Pat. No. 7,268,139, which claims priority from U.S. Patent Application No. 60/406,664 filed 29 Aug. 2002. The contents of these documents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • 1. Field of the Invention
  • The invention is directed to methods of promoting osteogenesis by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor. More specifically, the invention is directed to methods of treating bone fractures, bone diseases, bone grafting, especially enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth, and increasing bone synostosis by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor.
  • 2. Background
  • Bone is subject to constant breakdown and resynthesis in a complex process mediated by osteoblasts, which produce new bone, and osteoclasts, which destroy bone. Osteoblasts secrete osteoid, the unmineralized organic matrix that subsequently undergoes mineralization which provides strength and rigidity to bone.
  • One condition in which enhanced bone formation is required is bone fracture. After a bone fracture, it is desirable to stimulate bone growth so as to hasten and complete bone repair. There are approximately six million bone fractures in the United States each year. The complication rate associated with fracture healing has been estimated at 5-10%. Complications such as non-union, delayed union, and mal-union can occur. The etiology of the complications remains unknown but certain factors are known to negatively affect the outcome of fracture healing. These effects include age, diabetes, and NSAID (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug) use.
  • Fracture healing is a complex process. Preferably the fracture healing process restores a broken bone to its prior metabolic and mechanical functional state. The initial events that occur following a fracture include tissue hypoxia and hematoma formation. The tissue hypoxia and hematoma formation quickly lead to inflammation and edema in the soft tissues surrounding the fracture site. Cell proliferation soon begins to occur rapidly in the periosteum (the osteoblast cell layer around the bone) within the vicinity of the fracture site called the fracture callus. Mesenchymal cell migration falls rapidly during the inflammation phase and it is thought that the fibrin clot formed from the hematoma acts as a source for cell attachment at the fracture site for the migrating cells. The source of the migrating mesenchymal cells remains controversial but probably includes circulating mesenchymal stem cells mobilized from the bone marrow, vascular pericytes, and proliferating muscle satellite cells. The cells that have migrated into the fracture site differentiate into chondrocytes and form a cartilaginous matrix. Endochondral ossification progressively proceeds from the junction between the osteoblasts that have proliferated from the periosteum and the differentiated chondrocytes within the fracture site so that new bone formed from endochondral ossification fills the fracture callus from the periphery to the actual fracture site. Chondrocytes at the osteoblast-chondrocyte boundary terminal differentiate into hypertrophic chondrocytes, express Type X collagen, secrete angiogenic factors, and mineralize the cartilaginous matrix (calcified cartilage). Osteoblasts at the osteoblast-chondrocyte junction secrete new bone. As angiogenesis occurs at this boundary, osteoclasts migrate into the area, resorb the calcified cartilage, which is then replaced with new bone secreted from the osteoblasts. Ultimately, this process bridges the fracture site and the bone is remodeled based upon the mechanical stresses imposed upon the bone.
  • Protein kinases are involved in various cellular responses to extracellular signals. p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein (MAP) kinase (also called p38 kinase or “High Osmolarity Glycerol response kinase” (HOG)) is a member of a family of signaling molecules known as the Mitogen-Activated Protein kinase (MAP kinase or MAPK) family. Other members of the MAP kinase family include the classical MAPKs termed Extracellular signal Regulated Kinases (ERK), which are activated by a variety of mitogenic stimuli as well as differentiation signals, and Stress-Activated Protein Kinases (SAPK) (also called Jun N-terminal Kinases (JNK)). SAPKs are activated by stresses but not mitogens, like the p38 MAP kinase.
  • p38 MAP kinase is activated by a variety of cellular stressors, including ultraviolet radiation, osmotic shock, and inflammatory cytokines, such as interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). Once activated, p38 MAP kinase mediates the induction of mRNA synthesis for a variety of inflammatory mediators, including IL-113, TNF-α, IL-6, and cyclo-oxygenase-2 (COX-2).
  • Four isoforms of p38 MAP kinase have been identified and are designated as p38α, p38β, p38γ and p38δ (Jiang, Y. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:17920-17926 (1996); Kumar, S. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 235:533-538 (1997); Stein, B. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:19509-19517 (1997); Li, Z. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 228:334-340 (1996); Wang, X. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:23668-23674 (1997)). p38α is also referred to as p38. p38β is also referred to as p38-2. p38γ is also referred to as ERK6. These isoforms differ in tissue expression patterns, substrate utilization, response to direct and indirect stimuli, and susceptibility to kinase inhibitors. For example, one study has demonstrated the activation of p38β MAP kinase results in myocyte hypertrophy, while the activation of p38α MAP kinase leads to myocyte apoptosis (Wang, Y. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 273:2161-2168 (1998)).
  • Inhibition of p38 MAP kinase leads to a blockade on the production of both IL-1 and TNF. IL-1 and TNF stimulate the production of other proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-6 and IL-8 and have been implicated in acute and chronic inflammatory diseases and in postmenopausal osteoporosis (Kimble, R. B. et al., Endocrinol. 136:3054-3061 (1995)). Based upon this finding it is believed that p38 MAP kinase, along with other MAPKs, have a role in mediating cellular response to inflammatory stimuli, such as leukocyte accumulation, macrophage/monocyte activation, tissue resorption, fever, acute phase responses and neutrophilia. In addition, MAPKs, such as p38 MAP kinase, have been implicated in cancer, thrombin-induced platelet aggregation, immunodeficiency disorders, autoimmune diseases, cell death, allergies, osteoporosis and neurodegenerative disorders. Other diseases associated with IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 or TNF overproduction are set forth in WO 96/21654.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention is directed to a method of promoting osteogenesis in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of osteogenesis.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of treating bone fracture in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of bone fracture. The term “bone fracture” includes, but is not limited to, a traumatic bone fracture or a long-term fracture.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of enhancing bone grafting in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of enhanced bone grafting.
  • The invention is further directed to a method of treating a bone disease in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of a bone disease.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of reducing bone resorption in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of treatment of bone resorption, thereby increasing bone mass in the patient.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction, and to enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth or increasing bone synostosis in a patient, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need thereof.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing bone mass in a mammal, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the mammal in need of increased bone mass.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of decreasing osteoclast numbers in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of decreased osteoclasts.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing chondrocyte differentiation in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of increased chondrocyte differentiation.
  • The invention is further directed to a method of accelerating calcified cartilage formation in a patient, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the patient in need of accelerated calcified cartilage formation.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing or enhancing the rate of bone growth in a mammal, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to the mammal in need of increased or enhanced rate of bone growth.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIGS. 1A-1I. Radiographs from control rats at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 1A. Rat 65. FIG. 1B. Rat 67. FIG. 1C. Rat 81. FIG. 1D. Rat 87. FIG. 1E. Rat 92. FIG. 1F. Rat 98. FIG. 1G. Rat 109. FIG. 1H. Rat 114. FIG. 1i. Rat 118.
  • FIG. 2A-2F. Radiographs from rofecoxib treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 2A. Rat 80. FIG. 2B. Rat 96. FIG. 2C. Rat 97. FIG. 2D. Rat 104. FIG. 2E. Rat 107. FIG. 2F. Rat 123.
  • FIG. 3A-3E. Radiographs from p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day, treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 3A. Rat 60. FIG. 3B. Rat 61. FIG. 3C. Rat 78. FIG. 3D. Rat 84. FIG. 3E. Rat 94.
  • FIG. 4A-4H. Radiographs from p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, treated rats at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 4A. Rat 64. FIG. 4B. Rat 68. FIG. 4C. Rat 85. FIG. 4D. Rat 90. FIG. 4E. Rat 95. FIG. 4F. Rat 102. FIG. 4G. Rat 108. FIG. 4H. Rat 115.
  • FIGS. 5A-5C. Graphical representation of the mechanical testing data at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 5A. Normalized peak torque at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 5B. Normalized torsional rigidity at 4 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 5C.
  • FIGS. 6A-6D. Histological analysis of fracture healing in drug treated rats at 2 weeks post-fracture. FIG. 6A. Control. FIG. 6B. Rofecoxib. FIG. 6C. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day. FIG. 6D. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day.
  • FIG. 7. Histological analysis of the fracture callus of p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rat.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E. Histological analysis of growth plate morphology of drug treated rats. FIG. 8A. Control, at 2 weeks. FIG. 8B. Rofecoxib, at 2 weeks. FIG. 8C. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, once per day, at 2 weeks. FIG. 8D. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, at 2 weeks. FIG. 8E. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, twice per day, at 4 weeks.
  • FIG. 9. Histological analysis of cartilage and bone destriction in early stage arthritis.
  • FIG. 10A-10D. FIG. 10A is a graphical representation of clinical manifestations of arthritis over time. FIG. 10B is a graphical representation of cartilage oligo matrix protein levels in native, control and treated populations. FIG. 10C is a histological analysis of bone and cartilage destruction in advanced stage arthritis. FIG. 10D is a graphical representation of osteoclast numbers in advanced stage arthritis.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Osteogenesis
  • It has been found that inhibition of p38 MAP kinase activity can provide beneficial effects regarding osteogenesis, especially when regarding bone deficits, bone diseases, fractures, grafting, bone resorption, and also beneficial effects in osteogenesis following elective or non-elective bone surgery, especially cosmetic surgery including facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction or mandibular reconstruction, osteogenesis following tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth, and increasing bone synostosis.
  • The invention is directed to a method of osteogenesis in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of bone healing. By “bone” is intended the dense, semi-rigid, porous, calcified connective tissue forming the major portion of the skeleton of most vertebrates, comprising a dense organic matrix and an inorganic, mineral component. Bone is any of numerous anatomically distinct structures making up the skeleton of a vertebrate. The term “osteogenesis” refers to the net development and net formation of bone, including, without limitation the promotion of new bone growth and/or the alevation of bone resorption. By “bone healing” is intended restoring a bone and, optionally, the surrounding cartilage to, or to be closer to, their original or intended physical and mechanical properties when compared to such properties possessed by the bone prior to the start of such healing and/or prior to the injury, pathological destruction, pathological deterioration, surgical destruction, or surgical deterioration of the bone.
  • A “pharmaceutically effective amount” is intended an amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a condition, disorder or disease, is sufficient to elicit a cellular response that is clinically significant, without excessive levels of side effects. See, “Formulations and Methods of Administration” section, infra, for further details.
  • “Mammal” refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, and pet companion animals such as a household pet and other domesticated animal such as, but not limited to, cattle, sheep, ferrets, swine, horses, poultry, rabbits, goats, dogs, cats and the like. Preferred companion animals are dogs and cats. Preferably, the mammal is human.
  • A “patient” is intended a mammal, preferably a human, in need of treatment of a condition, disorder or disease.
  • In one aspect of bone healing, the invention is directed to a method of treating or increasing the rate of healing of bone fracture in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment or increase in the rate of healing of bone fracture.
  • The terms “treat” and “treatment” refer to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological condition, disorder or disease or obtain beneficial or desired clinical results. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms; diminishment of extent of condition, disorder or disease; stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of condition, disorder or disease; delay or slowing of condition, disorder or disease progression; amelioration of the condition, disorder or disease state, remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable; or enhancement or improvement of condition, disorder or disease. Treatment includes eliciting a cellular response that is clinically significant, without excessive levels of side effects. Treatment also includes prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
  • By “bone fracture” is intended a complete or incomplete break, rupture or crack of a bone. Diagnosis of fractures normally depends upon clinical examination and radiological findings. In the invention, bone fractures include, but are not limited to, traumatic fractures, long-term fractures, and pathological fractures.
  • “Traumatic fracture” refers to an immediate fracture, which involves a supraliminal trauma with a degree of local violence that exceeds the natural elasticity of the bone. It can be accompanied by simultaneous injury to the soft tissues and very often the skin. A traumatic fracture can be closed (the adjacent soft tissues can be injured but the covering soft parts are largely preserved). A traumatic fracture can also be open (the broken ends of the bone are freed by extensive soft tissue injury so that pathogens from outside can enter the wound directly).
  • “Long-term fracture” refers to a chronic fracture, fatigue fracture, stress fracture or spontaneous fracture type I.
  • “Pathological fracture” refers to a spontaneous fracture type II. A pathological fracture arises spontaneously, without adequate trauma to account for it. The bone may have been previously damaged, either by systemic disease (e.g., osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, or Paget's osteitis deformans) or by a local bone lesion (e.g., metastasis, radio-osteonecrosis, or bone tumor). See, Adler, Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, p. 114 (Springer-Verlag, Germany 2000).
  • Fractures also include, but are not limited to, oblique torsion fracture, transverse fracture, comminuted fracture, compression fracture, rib fractures, creeping fracture, and fractured femoral neck (Adler, Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, Springer-Verlag, Germany (2000)).
  • Fracture healing includes primary fracture healing and secondary fracture healing. Primary fracture healing involves (1) internal contact of the bone ends, (2) uninterrupted immobility of the part, and (3) an adequate blood supply. Secondary fracture healing involves local inflammation and development of a callus (Adler, Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, Springer-Verlag, Germany (2000)).
  • The invention is also directed to a method of treating or increasing the rate of bone grafting in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment or increased rate of bone grafting. By “bone grafting” is intended bone implantation or transplantation by, e.g., autograft, allograft, xenograft, demineralized bone, synthetic and natural bone graft substitutes, such as bioceramics and polymers, and osteoinductive factors. The purposes of bone grafting include, but are not limited to, enhancing healing in, e.g., delayed union or nonunion fractures, to replace areas of bone loss arising from neoplasia excision, osteomyelitis, trauma or cysts, and stimulating bone fusion in arthrodeses.
  • The invention is directed to a method of increasing bone synostosis in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof. The bone synostosis can be, but is not limited to, a vertebral synostosis.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing or accelerating osteogenesis, especially following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction or tooth extraction by administering a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof. The invention is also directed to a method of enhancing long bone extension or enhancing prosthetic ingrowth in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need thereof. The p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used in promotion of osteogenesis in plastic surgery, stimulation of bone ingrowth into non-cemented prosthetic joints and dental implants, treatment of periodontal disease and defects, and other tooth repair processes.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of treating a bone disease in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of treatment of a bone disease. “Bone disease” refers to a disorder or condition relating to abnormality of the bone. Bone diseases that can be treated according to the invention, by increasing bone mass or bone growth include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhood idiopathic bone loss, curvature of the spine, and loss of height. Destructive bone disorders that can be treated according to the invention include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and osteolytic lesions such as those caused by neoplastic disease, radiotherapy, or chemotherapy.
  • Bone diseases can be caused by a condition which presents with low bone mass, a bone deficit, or a cartilage defect. By “bone mass” is intended bone mass per unit volume. A condition which presents with low bone mass is a condition where the level of bone mass is below the age specific normal level as defined in standards in “Assessment of Fracture Risk and its Application to Screening for Postmenopausal Osteoporosis,” Report of a World Health Organization Study Group, World Health Organization Technical Series 843 (1994). A bone deficit is an imbalance in the ratio of bone formation to bone resorption, such that, if unmodified, the subject will exhibit less bone than desirable, or the subject's bones will be less intact and coherent than desired. Bone deficit can also result from fracture, from surgical intervention or from dental or periodontal disease. Bone healing includes, but is not limited to, repair of bone deficits, such as those occurring in, e.g., closed, open and non-union fractures. A cartilage defect is a damaged cartilage, less cartilage than desired, or cartilage that is less intact and coherent than desired. In the present invention, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used for treating cartilage defects.
  • Included in conditions which present with low bone mass are, but not limited to, primary and secondary osteoporosis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, and childhood idiopathic bone loss. Conditions which present with low bone mass also includes, but are not limited to, long term complications of osteoporosis such as curvature of the spine, loss of height and prosthetic surgery.
  • The p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be used to elevate peak bone mass in pre-menopausal women, to treat growth deficiencies, increase bone formation during distraction osteogenesis, and treat other skeletal disorders, such as age-related osteoporosis, post-menopausal osteoporosis, glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis or disuse osteoporosis and arthritis. The p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can also be useful in repair of congenital, trauma-induced or surgical resection of bone (for instance, for cancer treatment), and in cosmetic surgery.
  • Osteoporosis or porous bone is a disease characterized by net loss of bone mass per unit volume. The consequence of this loss of bone mass and resulting bone fracture is the failure of the skeleton to provide adequate structural support for the body, low bone mass and structural deterioration of bone tissue, leading to bone fragility and an increased susceptibility to fractures of the hip, spine, and wrist. Bone loss occurs without symptoms. Osteoporosis includes “secondary osteoporosis,” such as glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis, hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis, immobilization-induced osteoporosis, heparin-induced osteoporosis or immunosuppressive-induced osteoporosis. In people with osteoporosis, the bones can become so weak that a sudden strain can cause a fracture or a vertebra to collapse. Most current osteoporosis treatments stop continued bone loss but do not enhance bone formation and thus bone quality remains poor but does not get worse.
  • Thus, the invention is also directed to a method of increasing bone mass in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased bone mass. The invention is also directed to a method of decreasing bone resorption in a patient by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of decreased bone resorption, thereby increasing bone mass to offset the decreased bone resorption.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing or enhancing the rate of bone growth in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased or enhanced rate of bone growth.
  • The invention is further directed to a method of decreasing osteoclast differentiation by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased osteoclast activity. As is known in the art, osteoclasts differentiation is mediated by p38 MAP kinase activity (Li et al., Endocrinology 143:3105 (2002); Lee et al., Bone 30(1):71 (2002); Matsumoto et al., FEBS Lett. 486:23 (2000); and Matsumoto et al., J. Biol. Chem. 275:31155 (2000)).
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing chondrocyte differentiation in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased chondrocyte differentiation. Chondrocytes are mature cartilage cells embedded in a lacuna within the cartilage matrix. Chondrocytes are formed embryologically through condensation and differentiation of mesenchymal cell precursors. After birth, chondrocytes are present in a variety of cartilaginous tissues. During bone healing, mesenchymal stem cells migrate and/or proliferate at the fracture site and begin to differentiate into chondrocytes. Chondrocytes at the osteoblast-chondrocyte boundary terminally differentiate into hypertrophic chondrocytes, express Type X collagen, secrete angiogenic factors, and mineralize the cartilaginous matrix (calcified cartilage). The p38 kinase inhibitor can promote chondrocyte differentiation either indirectly by promoting proliferation and/or migration of mesenchymal stem cells, or by directly accelerating calcified cartilage formation, which is the end stage of chondrocyte differentiation.
  • In the invention, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors can be administered to a mammal to induce differentiation of bone-forming cell precursors. By a “cell precursor” is intended a cell that possesses and retains the capacity for proliferation and differentiation, e.g., mesenchymal cell, preosteoblast, and chondrocyte.
  • The invention is also directed to a method of increasing or accelerating the rate of calcified cartilage formation in a mammal by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of accelerated calcified cartilage formation.
  • Veterinary uses of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors are also contemplated. Such uses would include treatment of bone or cartilage deficits or defects in domestic animals, livestock and thoroughbred horses.
  • In the methods of the invention, a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor and estrogen, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, or a bisphosphonate can be administered when appropriate as can be determined by those of skill in the art.
  • Preferred bisphosphonates include, but are not limited to, tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, zoledronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid, clodronic acid, and pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. One skilled in the art will know that these compounds are often referred to as their ion form, e.g., tiludronate, alendronate, zoledronate, ibandronate, risedronate, etidronate, clodronate and pamidronate. Especially preferred bisphosphonates include alendronate and risedronate.
  • Inhibitors of p38 MAP Kinase
  • As used herein, the term “inhibitor” includes, but is not limited to, any suitable molecule, compound, protein or fragment thereof, nucleic acid, formulation or substance that can regulate p38 MAP kinase activity. The inhibitor can affect a single p38 MAP kinase isoform (p38α, p38β, p3γ, and p38δ), more than one isoform, or all isoforms of p38 MAP kinase. In a preferred embodiment, the inhibitor regulates the α isoform of p38 MAP kinase.
  • According to the present invention, it is contemplated that the inhibitor can exhibit its regulatory effect upstream or downstream of p38 MAP kinase or on p38 MAP kinase directly. Examples of inhibitor regulated p38 MAP kinase activity include those where the inhibitor can decrease transcription and/or translation of p38 MAP kinase, can decrease or inhibit post-translational modification and/or cellular trafficking of p38 MAP kinase, or can shorten the half-life of p38 MAP kinase. The inhibitor can also reversibly or irreversibly bind p38 MAP kinase, inactivate its enzymatic activity, or otherwise interfere with its interaction with downstream substrates.
  • If acting on p38 MAP kinase directly, in one embodiment the inhibitor should exhibit an IC50 value of about 5 μM or less, preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less. In a related embodiment, the inhibitor should exhibit an IC50 value relative to the p38α MAP kinase isoform that is about ten fold less than that observed when the same inhibitor is tested against other p38 MAP kinase isoforms in a comparable assay.
  • Those skilled in the art can determine whether or not a compound is useful in the present invention by evaluating its p38 MAP kinase activity as well as its relative IC50 value. This evaluation can be accomplished through conventional in vitro assays. In vitro assays include assays that assess inhibition of kinase or ATPase activity of activated p38 MAP kinase. In vitro assays can also assess the ability of the inhibitor to bind p38 MAP kinase or to reduce or block an identified downstream effect of activated p38 MAP kinase, e.g., cytokine secretion. IC50 values are calculated using the concentration of inhibitor that causes a 50% decrease as compared to a control.
  • A binding assay is a fairly inexpensive and simple in vitro assay to run. As previously mentioned, binding of a molecule to p38 MAP kinase, in and of itself, can be inhibitory, due to steric, allosteric or charge-charge interactions. A binding assay can be performed in solution or on a solid phase using p38 MAP kinase or a fragment thereof as a target. By using this as an initial screen, one can evaluate libraries of compounds for potential p38 MAP kinase regulatory activity.
  • The target in a binding assay can be either free in solution, fixed to a support, or expressed in or on the surface of a cell. A label (e.g., radioactive, fluorescent, quenching, etc.) can be placed on the target, compound, or both to determine the presence or absence of binding. This approach can also be used to conduct a competitive binding assay to assess the inhibition of binding of a target to a natural or artificial substrate or binding partner. In any case, one can measure, either directly or indirectly, the amount of free label versus bound label to determine binding. There are many known variations and adaptations of this approach to minimize interference with binding activity and optimize signal.
  • For purposes of in vitro cellular assays, the compounds that represent potential inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase function can be administered to a cell in any number of ways. Preferably, the compound or composition can be added to the medium in which the cell is growing, such as tissue culture medium for cells grown in culture. The compound is provided in standard serial dilutions or in an amount determined by analogy to known modulators. Alternatively, the potential inhibitor can be encoded by a nucleic acid that is introduced into the cell wherein the cell produces the potential inhibitor itself.
  • Alternative assays involving in vitro analysis of potential inhibitors include those where cells (e.g., HeLa) transfected with DNA coding for relevant kinases can be activated with substances such as sorbitol, IL-1, TNF, or PMA. After immunoprecipitation of cell lysates, equal aliquots of immune complexes of the kinases are pre-incubated for an adequate time with a specific concentration of the potential inhibitor followed by addition of kinase substrate buffer mix containing labeled ATP and GST-ATF2 or MBP. After incubation, kinase reactions are terminated by the addition of SDS loading buffer. Phosphorylated substrate is resolved through SDS-PAGE and visualized and quantitated in a phosphorimager. The p38 MAP kinase regulation, in terms of phosphorylation and IC50 values, can be determined by quantitation. See e.g., Kumar, S. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 235:533-538 (1997).
  • Other in vitro assays can also assess the production of TNF-α as a correlation to p38 MAP kinase activity. One such example is a Human Whole Blood Assay. In this assay, venous blood is collected from, e.g., healthy male volunteers into a heparinized syringe and is used within 2 hours of collection. Test compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO and 1 μl aliquots of drug concentrations ranging from 0 to 1 mM are dispensed into quadruplicate wells of a 24-well microtiter plate (Nunclon Delta SI, Applied Scientific Co., San Francisco, Calif.). Whole blood is added at a volume of 1 ml/well and the mixture is incubated for 15 minutes with constant shaking (Titer Plate Shaker, Lab-Line Instruments, Inc., Melrose Park, Ill.) at a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 at 37° C. Whole blood is cultured either undiluted or at a final dilution of 1:10 with RPMI 1640 (Gibco 31800+NaHCO3, Life Technologies, Rockville, Md. and Scios, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif.). At the end of the incubation period, 10 μl of LPS (E. coli 0111:B4, Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.) is added to each well to a final concentration of 1 or 0.1 μg/ml for undiluted or 1:10 diluted whole blood, respectively. The incubation is continued for an additional 2 hours. The reaction is stopped by placing the microtiter plates in an ice bath, and plasma or cell-free supernates are collected by centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4° C. The plasma samples are stored at −80° C. until assayed for TNF-α levels by ELISA, following the directions supplied by Quantikine Human TNF-α assay kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). IC50 values are calculated using the concentration of inhibitor that causes a 50% decrease as compared to a control.
  • A similar assay is an Enriched Mononuclear Cell Assay. The enriched mononuclear cell assay begins with cryopreserved Human Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (HPBMCs) (Clonetics Corp.) that are rinsed and resuspended in a warm mixture of cell growth media. The resuspended cells are then counted and seeded at 1×06 cells/well in a 24-well microtitre plate. The plates are then placed in an incubator for an hour to allow the cells to settle in each well. After the cells have settled, the media is aspirated and new media containing 100 ng/ml of the cytokine stimulatory factor Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and a test chemical compound is added to each well of the microtiter plate. Thus, each well contains HPBMCs, LPS and a test chemical compound. The cells are then incubated for 2 hours, and the amount of the cytokine Tumor Necrosis Factor Alpha (TNF-α) is measured using an Enzyme Linked Immunoassay (ELISA). One such ELISA for detecting the levels of TNF-α is commercially available from R&D Systems. The amount of TNF-α production by the HPBMCs in each well is then compared to a control well to determine whether the chemical compound acts as an inhibitor of cytokine production.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00001

    wherein
  • R1 is a heteroaryl ring selected from 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolin-4-yl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-benzimidazolyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and a 1,2,4-triazin-5-yl ring, which heteroaryl ring is substituted one to three times with Y, N(R10)C(O)Rb, a halo-substituted mono- or di-C1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, or NHRa and which ring is further optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkoxy, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkylthio, optionally-substituted C1-14 alkylsulfinyl, CH2OR12, amino, mono- and di-C1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, NHRa, N(R10)C(O)Rb, N(R10)S(O)2Rd, or an N-heterocyclyl ring which has from 5 to 7 members and optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • Y is X1—Ra;
  • X1 is oxygen or sulfur;
  • Ra is C1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • Rb is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl;
  • Rd is C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl;
  • R3 is hydrogen;
  • R4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, or a heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR7R17, —C(Z)OR16, —(CR10R20)vCOR12, —SR5, —SOR5, —OR12, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R12, —NR10C(Z)R16, or —(CR10R20)vNR10R20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halogen, cyano, —C(Z)NR13R14, —C(Z)ORf, —(CR10R20)m″CORf, —S(O)mRf, —ORf, —OR12, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, —(CR10R20)m″NR10C(Z)Rf, —NR10S(O)m′R8, —NR10S(O)m′NR7R17, —ZC(Z)Rf, —ZC(Z)R12, or —(CR10R20)m″NR13R14;
  • Rf is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl or R8;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • v is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m′ is 1 or 2;
  • m″ is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R2 is C1-10 alkyl N3, —(CR10R20)n′OR9, heterocylyl, heterocycylC1-10 alkyl, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR11, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R20)nNHS(O)2R18, (CR10R20)nNR13R14, (CR10R20)nNO2, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20). SO2R18, (CR10R20)nS(O)m′NR13R14, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R11, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R11, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR11, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR11OR9, (CR10R20)nNR10C(Z)R11, (CR10R20)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nN(OR6)C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nN(OR6)C(Z)R11, (CR10R20)nC(═NOR6)R11, (CR10R20)nNR10C(═NR19)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R20)nNR10C(Z)OR10, 5-(R18)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl or 4-(R12)-5-(R18R19)-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl; wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, heterocyclic and heterocyclic alkyl groups can be optionally substituted;
  • n is an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • n′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • R5 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl or NR7R17, excluding the moieties —SR5 being —SNR7R17 and —S(O)R5 being —SOH;
  • R6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R7 and R17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R7 and R17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • R8 is C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR11, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R20)nNHS(O)2R18, or (CR10R20)nNR13R14, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R11, optionally-substituted C1-10 alkyl, S(O)2R18, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl;
  • R10 and R20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
  • R11 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl;
  • R12 is hydrogen or R16;
  • R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9;
  • R15 is R10 or C(Z)C1-4 alkyl;
  • R16 is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, or C3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R18 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl; and
  • R19 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof,
  • or wherein
  • R1, Y, X1, Ra, Rb, Rd, v, m, m′, m″, Z, n, n′, and R5 are defined as above, and
  • R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10alkyl, (CR10R28)nOR12, (CR10R28)n′OR13, (CR10R28)n′S(O)mR25, (CR10R28)n′S(O)2R25, (CR10R28)n′NHS(O)2R25, (CR10R28)n′NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′NO2, (CR10R28)n′CN, (CR10R28)n′S(O)mNR8R9, (CR10R28)n′C(Z)R13, (CR10R28)n′C(Z)OR13, (CR10R28)n′C(Z)NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′C(Z)NR13OR12, (CR10R28)n′NR10C(Z)R13, (CR10R28)n′NR10C(Z)NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′N(OR21)C(Z)NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′N(OR21)C(Z)R13, (CR10R28)n′C(═NOR21)R13, (CR10R28)n′NR10C(═NR27)NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′OC(Z)NR8R9, (CR10R28)n′NR10C(Z)OR10, (CR10R28)n′NR10C(Z)OR10, 5-(R25)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl or 4-(R12)-5-(R18R19)-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl; wherein the cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R3 is hydrogen or Q-(Y1)t;
  • Q is an aryl or heteroaryl group;
  • t is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Y1 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-5 alkyl, halogen, or —(CR10R20)nY2;
  • Y2 is OR8, NO2, S(O)m′R11, SR8, S(O)m′OR8, S(O)mNR8R9, NR8R9, O(CR10R20)n′NR8R9, C(O)R8, CO2R8, CO2(CR10R20)n′CONR8R9, ZC(O)R8, CN, C(Z)NR8R9, NR10C(Z)R8, C(Z)NR8OR9, NR10C(Z)NR8R9, NR10S(O)m″R11, N(OR21)C(Z)NR8R9, N(OR21)C(Z)R8, C(═NOR21)R8, NR10C(═NR15)SR11, NR10C(═NR15)NR8R9, NR10C(═CR14R24)SR11, NR10C(═CR14R24)NR8R9, NR10C(O)C(O)NR8R9, NR10C(O)C(O)OR10, C(═NR13)NR8R9, C(═NOR13)NR8R9, C(═NR13)ZR11, OC(Z)NR8R9, NR10S(O)m″CF3,NR10C(Z)OR10, 5-(R18)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl or 4-(R12)-5-(R18R19)-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl;
  • R4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl or naphth-2-yl which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl or 5-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halo, nitro, cyano, C(Z)NR7R17, C(Z)OR23, (CR10R20)vCOR36, SR5, SOR5, OR36, halo-substituted-C1, alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, ZC(Z)R36, NR10C(Z)R23, or (CR10R20)vNR10R20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halo, nitro, cyano, C(Z)NR16R26, C(Z)OR8, (CR10R20)m″COR8, S(O)mR8, OR8, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, (CR10R20)m″NR10C(Z)R8, NR10S(O)m′R11, NR10S(O)m′NR7R17, ZC(Z)R8 or (CR10R20)m″NR16R26;
  • R7 and R17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R7 and R17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR22;
  • R8 is hydrogen, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl or R1,;
  • R9 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, or R8 and R9 can together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR12;
  • R10 and R20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
  • R11 is C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
  • R12 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R13 or optionally-substituted C1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl, or S(O)2R25;
  • R13 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, wherein all of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R14 and R24 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, nitro or cyano;
  • R15 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R16 and R26 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C1-14 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR12;
  • R18 and R19 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylalkyl, or together denote an oxygen or sulfur;
  • R21 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R22 is R10 or C(Z)-C1-4 alkyl;
  • R23 is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, or C3-5 cycloalkyl;
  • R25 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
  • R27 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • R28 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl moiety, all of which can be optionally substituted; and
  • R36 is hydrogen or R23;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Exemplary compounds of this formula include:
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-chloropropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-azidopropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-aminopropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-methylsulfonamidopropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(N-phenylmethyl)aminopropyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(N-phenylmethyl-N-methyl)aminopropyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-diethylaminopropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(1-piperidinyl)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(methylthio)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(3-methylthiophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(3-methylsulfinylphenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(N-methyl-N-benzyl)aminopropyl]-4-(3-methylthiophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(N-methyl-N-benzyl)aminopropyl]-4-(3-methylsulfinylphenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[4-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(methylthio)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-1-[3-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[2-(methylthio)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[2-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)butyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-cyclopropyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-isopropyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-cyclopropylmethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-tert-butyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(2,2-diethoxyethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-formylmethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-hydroxyiminylmethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-cyanomethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methylpyrid-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(2-chloropyridin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(2-amino-4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-carboxymethyl)propyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-carboxypropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-carboxymethyl)ethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-carboxy)ethyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-propyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-carboxyethyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-methyl-4-phenyl-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-methyl-4-[3-(chlorophenyl)]-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-methyl-4-(3-methylthiophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-1-methyl-4-(3-methylsulfinylphenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(methylsulfinyl)propyl]-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[(3-methylsulfonyl)propyl]-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-phenoxypropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(phenylthio)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-quinolyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-1-(3-phenylsulfinylpropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-ethoxypropyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(3-phenylsulfonylpropyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole;
    • 4-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(pyrimid-2-one-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(methylthio)-4-pyrimidinyl]-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]imidazole;
    • (+/−)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(methylsulfinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]imidazole;
    • (E)-1-(1-propenyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(2-propenyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-N,N-dimethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(4-pyridinyl)-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(4-pyridinyl)-4-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]imidazole;
    • 1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methylpyrid-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propyl]-5-(4-pyridinyl)-4-(3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-aminopyrimidinyl)]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-carboxy-2,2-dimethylethyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(1-formyl-4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(2,2-dimethyl-3-morpholin-4-yl)propyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)-1-(2-acetoxyethyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-benzylpyrrolin-3-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-N-methylpiperidine)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-N-morpholino-1-propyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidine)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-ethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(isopropyl)aminopyrimidin-4-yl]-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-acetamido-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-N-morpholino-1-propyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-acetamido-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylthio)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidine)imidazole;
    • 4-(fluorophenyl)-1-(methyl-4-piperidinyl)-5-(2-methylthio-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 4-(fluorophenyl)-1-(methyl-4-piperidinyl)-5-(2-methysulfinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-tert-butyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methysulfinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-aminopyrimidinyl)]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino-4-pyrimidinyl)]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(tetrahydro-4-thiopyranyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(tetrahydro-4-pyranyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-methylamino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-cyanoethyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(tetrahydro-4-sulfinylpyranyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(tetrahydro-4-sulfonylpyranyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-methylamino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(trifluoroacetyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(4-pyridyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(4-pyridyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-t-butoxycarbonyl-4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-(1,3-dioxycyclopentyl)cyclohexyl) imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-ketocyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexyl oxime) imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexyl hydroxylamine) imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(trans-4-hydroxyurea) imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(cis-4-hydroxyurea) imidazole;
    • 5-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-ketocyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(trans-4-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(cis-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[4-(cis-pyrrolidinyl)cyclohexyl]imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[4-(trans-1-pyrrolidinyl)cyclohexyl]imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-ethynyl-4-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-(1-propynyl)-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-amino-4-methyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-acetamido-4-methylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-methylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-oxiranylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-cyanomethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-amino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[4-hydroxy-4-(1-propynyl)-cyclohexyl]imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-amino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-methylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-phenyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-benzyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-cyanomethyl cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-(2-cyanoethyl)cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-(2-aminoethyl)cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-(2-nitroethyl)-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-4-amino-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-amino-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-aminocyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-thiomethyl cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-hydroxy methylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-N-methylamino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-aminomethylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-amino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-amino-4-methyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-amino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxy-4-methyl-cyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[4-(2-amino)pyrimidinyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-oxiranylcyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 4-(fluorophenyl)-1-(methyl-4-piperidinyl)-5-(2-methysulfinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 4-(fluorophenyl)-1-(methyl-4-piperidinyl)-5-(2-methylthio-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-benzylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-[2-(4-tetrahydrothiopyranyl)aminopyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-hydroxy)ethylamino]pyrimidin-4-yl-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(3-chlorobenzylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(1-naphthylmethylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(1-benzyl-4-piperidinylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-[2-[3-(morpholino)propyl]aminopyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 5-[2-[(3-bromophenyl)amino]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(piperonylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(4-piperidinylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(5-chlorotryptamino)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)aminopyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 5-[(2-[1-ethoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl]aminopyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • cis-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • trans-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • trans-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-hydroxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-isopropoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-isopropoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • trans-1-(4-hydroxy-4-methylcyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • cis-1-(4-hydroxy-4-methylcyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-methoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • trans-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[(2-ethoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-phenoxypyrimidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-phenoxy-4-pyridinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-4-pyridinyl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-4-pyridinyl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-aminocarbonylphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-ethylphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-cyanophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(phenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(2,6-dimethylphenoxy)pyridin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-methylphenoxy)pyridin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)pyridin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-[3-(N-morpholino)propyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(phenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-phenylphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-phenoxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(3-(N-morpholino)propyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(2-hydroxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-((3,4-methylenedioxy)phenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(3-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(2-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(3,4-difluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(piperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(4-methylsulfonylphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-thiophenoxypyrimidin-4-yl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[2-(1-methyltetrazol-5-ylthio)pyridin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 5-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)]pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[2-(2-tert-butylamino)ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-oxocyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 5-[2-(2-tert-butylamino)ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5-(2-isopropoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(4-piperidinyl)-4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-hydroxy-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-methoxy-4-pyridinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-isopropoxy-4-pyridinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-methylthio-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 5-(2-methylthio-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[1-methyl-4-piperidinyl]imidazole;
    • 5-(2-ethoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-piperidinyl)imidazole;
    • 1-(1-ethylcarboxylpiperidin-4-yl)-3-(4-thiomethylphenyl)-5-[2-(thiomethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]-imidazole;
    • 1-(1-ethylcarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-4-(4-methylsulfinylphenyl)-5-[(2-methylsulfinyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]imidazole;
    • 2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 2-(4-methylsulfinylphenyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 2-[(4-N,N-dimethyl)aminomethylphenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-methoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 2-[(4-N,N-dimethyl)aminomethylphenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-phenoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • (+/−)-2-(4-methylsulfinylphenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-phenoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
    • 2-(4-methylthiophenyl]-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(2-phenoxy-4-pyrimidinyl)imidazole;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00002

    wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, halogen, C1-5 alkoxy, or arylC1-5 alkyl;
  • R2 and R4 are independently hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-5 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-5 alkyl, heterocyclic, or heterocyclicC1-5 alkyl; and
  • R3 is hydrogen or C1-3 alkyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00003

    wherein
  • X is O, CH2, S or NH, or the moiety X—R1 is hydrogen;
  • R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, any of which, except for hydrogen, can be optionally substituted;
  • V is CH or N;
  • Ar is an aryl or heteroaryl ring, either of which can be optionally substituted;
  • one of X1 and X2 is N, and the other is NR15, wherein R15 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, or arylC1-6 alkyl;
  • X3 is a covalent bond or C(R2)(R3);
  • R2 and R3 independently represent optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or R2 and R3 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkenyl, or 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl ring containing up to three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S;
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Y is NR10R11, NR10OC(Z)NR10R11, NR10COOR11, NR10SO2R11, or C(O)N4R5;
  • R4 and R5 independently represent hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, any one of which, except hydrogen, can be optionally substituted, or R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10-membered optionally-substituted monocyclic or bicyclic ring;
  • R13 is hydrogen, X—R1, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, CH2OR14, di-C1-6 alkylamino, N(R6)C(O)R7, N(R6)S(O)2R8, or a 5- to 7-membered N-heterocyclyl ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and NR9;
  • R14 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R12 or optionally-substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl, optionally-substituted arylC1-6 alkyl or S(O)2R8;
  • R6 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl;
  • R8 is C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl;
  • R9 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R10, R11 and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclylC2-6 alkenyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, arylC2-6 alkenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-6 alkyl and heteroarylC2-6 alkenyl, any of which can be optionally substituted; or NR10R11 can represent a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N and S; and
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formulas:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00004

    wherein
  • R1 is a heteroaryl selected from 4-pyridyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 4-quinolyl, 6-isoquinolinyl, quinazolin-4-yl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-benzimidazolyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and a 1,2,4-triazin-5-yl ring, which heteroaryl ring is substituted one to three times with Y, NHRa, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkoxy, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkylthio, optionally-substituted C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, CH2OR12, amino, mono- and di-C1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, N(R10)C(O)Rb, N(R10)S(O)2Rd, or an N-heterocyclyl ring which has from 5 to 7 members and optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • Y is X1—Ra;
  • X1 is oxygen or sulfur;
  • Ra is C1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • Rb is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl;
  • Rd is C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl;
  • R4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, a heteroaryl or a fused phenyl-containing ring system, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR7R17, —C(Z)OR16, —(CR10R20)vCOR12, —SR5, —SOR5, —OR12, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R12, —NR10C(Z)R16, or —(CR10R20)vNR10R20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halogen, cyano, nitro, phenyl, —C(Z)NR13R14, —C(Z)ORf, —(CR10R20)m′CORf, —S(O)mRf, —ORf, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkyl, —ZC(Z)Rf, optionally-substituted phenyl, —(CR10R20)m′NR10C(Z)Rf, —NR10S(O)m′R8, —NR10S(O)m′NR7R17, —ZC(Z)R12, or —(CR10R20)m′NR13R14;
  • Rf is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl or R8;
  • v is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m′ is 1 or 2;
  • m″ is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R2 hydrogen, —(CR10R23)nOR9, heterocylyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R23)nOR11, (CR10R23)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R23)nNHS(O)2R18, (CR10R23)nNR13R14, (CR10R23)nNO2, (CR10R23)nCN, (CR10R23)nS(O)m′NR13R14, (CR10R23)nC(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nOC(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nC(Z)OR11, (CR10R23)nC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nC(Z)NR11OR9, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nN(OR6)C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nN(OR6)C(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nC(═NOR6)R11, (CR10R23)nNR10C(═NR19)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nOC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)OR10, 5-(R18)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl or 4-(R12)-5-(R18R19)-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl; wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, heterocyclic and heterocyclic alkyl groups can be optionally substituted;
  • n is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • R5 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl or NR7R17, excluding the moieties —SR5 being —SNR7R17 and —S(O)R5 being —SOH;
  • R6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R7 and R17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R7 and R17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • R8 is C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR11, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R20)nNHS(O)2R18, or (CR10R20)nNR13R14, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R11, optionally-substituted C1-10 alkyl, S(O)2R18, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl;
  • R10 and R20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
  • R11 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R12 is hydrogen or R16;
  • R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9;
  • R15 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl or C(Z)-C1-4 alkyl;
  • R16 is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, or C3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R18 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R19 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl; and
  • R23 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, all of which can be optionally substituted; or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Exemplary compounds of these formulas include:
    • 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine
    • 4-[4-bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine
    • 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine
    • 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-[4-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine;
    • 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4,5-dihydro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine
    • 4-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4,5-dihydro-3-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]pyridine and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formulas:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00005

    wherein
  • R1 is 4-pyridyl or 4-pyrimidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted one or more times with Y, C1-4 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, CH2OR12, amino, mono- and di-C1-6 alkyl-substituted amino, N(R10)C(O)Rb, or an N-heterocyclyl ring which has from 5 to 7 members and optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • Y is X1—Ra;
  • X1 is oxygen, sulfur, or NH;
  • Ra is C1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • Rb is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties can be optionally substituted;
  • R4 is phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, or a heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents, each of which is independently selected, and which, for a 4-phenyl, 4-naphth-1-yl, 5-naphth-2-yl or 6-naphth-2-yl substituent, is halogen, cyano, nitro, —C(Z)NR7R17, —C(Z)OR16, —(CR10R20)vCOR12, —SR5, —SOR5, —OR12, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)R12, —NR10C(Z)R16, or —(CR10R20)vNR10R20 and which, for other positions of substitution, is halogen, cyano, —C(Z)NR13R14, —C(Z)ORf, —(CR10R20)m′CORf, —S(O)mRf, —ORf, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, —ZC(Z)Rf, —(CR10R20)m′NR10C(Z)Rf, —NR10S(O)m′R8, —NR10S(O)m′NR7R17, or —(CR10R20)m′NR13R14;
  • Rf is heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl or R8;
  • v is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • m′ is 1 or 2;
  • m″ is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • R2 hydrogen, C(H)(A)(R22), —(CR10R23)nOR9, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10alkyl, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R23)nOR11, (CR10R23)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R23)nNHS(O)2R18, (CR10R23)nNR13R14, (CR10R23)nNO2, (CR10R23)nCN, (CR10R23)nS(O)m′NR13R14, (CR10R23)nC(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nOC(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nC(Z)OR11, (CR10R23)nC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nC(Z)NR11OR9, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nN(OR6)C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nN(OR6)C(Z)R11, (CR10R23)nC(═NOR6)R11, (CR10R23)nNR10C(═NR19)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nOC(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)NR13R14, (CR10R23)nNR10C(Z)OR10, 5-(R18)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl or 4-(R12)-5-(R18R19)-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl; wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, heterocyclic and heterocyclic alkyl groups can be optionally substituted;
  • A is an optionally-substituted aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring, or A is a substituted C1-10 alkyl;
  • n is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • R5 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl or NR7R17, excluding the moieties —SR5 being —SNR7R17 and —S(O)R5 being —SOH;
  • R6 is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aroyl, or C1-10 alkanoyl;
  • R7 and R17 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R7 and R17 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR15;
  • R8 is C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR11, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR18, (CR10R20)nNHS(O)2R18, or (CR10R20)nNR13R14, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl alkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R9 is hydrogen, —C(Z)R11, optionally-substituted C1-10 alkyl, S(O)2R18, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl;
  • R10 and R20 are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
  • R11 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl can be optionally substituted;
  • R12 is hydrogen or R16;
  • R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen or optionally-substituted C1-4 alkyl, optionally-substituted aryl or optionally-substituted arylC1-4 alkyl, or together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9;
  • R15 is R10 or C(Z)C1-4 alkyl;
  • R16 is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, or C3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R18 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl;
  • R19 is hydrogen, cyano, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or aryl; and
  • R23 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, all of which can be optionally substituted; or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Exemplary compounds of these formulas include:
    • 1-(pyrid-4-yl)-3-phenyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,4-triazole;
    • 1-(6-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-phenyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,4-triazole;
    • 1-[4-(6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline)]-3-phenyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,4-triazole;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-1,2,4-triazole;
    • 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)-5-phenyl-1,2,4-triazole;
      and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00006
  • and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, wherein
  • Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-P00900
    represents a single or double bond;
  • one Z2 is CA or CR8A and the other is CR1, CR1 2, NR6 or N wherein each R1, R6 and
  • R8 is independently hydrogen or noninterfering substituent;
  • A is —CO(X)jY wherein Y is COR2 or an isostere thereof and R2 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent, X is a spacer preferably 2-6 Å in length, and j is 0 or 1;
  • Z3 is NR7 or O;
  • each R3 is independently a noninterfering substituent, wherein a “noninterfering substituent” is one that does not reduce the inhibitor activity of the compound;
  • n is 0-3;
  • each of L1 and L2 is a linker;
  • each R4 is independently a noninterfering substituent;
  • m is 0-4;
  • Z1 is CR5 or N wherein R5 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent; each of 1 and k is an integer from 0-2 wherein the sum of 1 and k is 0-3;
  • Ar is an aryl group substituted with 0-5 noninterfering substituents, wherein two noninterfering substituents can form a fused ring; and
  • the distance between the atom of Ar linked to L and the center of the a ring is preferably 4.5-24 Å.
  • As used herein, a “noninterfering substituent” is a substituent which leaves the ability of the compound of formula (I) to inhibit p38-α activity qualitatively intact. Thus, the substituent may alter the degree of inhibition of p38-α. However, as long as the compound of formula (I) retains the ability to inhibit p38-α activity, the substituent will be classified as “noninterfering.” A number of assays for determining the ability of any compound to inhibit p38-α activity are available in the art. A whole blood assay for this evaluation is illustrated below: the gene for p38-α has been cloned and the protein can be prepared recombinantly and its activity assessed, including an assessment of the ability of an arbitrarily chosen compound to interfere with this activity. The essential features of the molecule are tightly defined. The positions which are occupied by “noninterfering substituents” can be substituted by conventional organic moieties as is understood in the art. It is irrelevant to the present invention to test the outer limits of such substitutions. The essential features of the compounds are those set forth with particularity herein.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formulas:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00007
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
  • HET is a 5-7 membered heterocycle with 1 to 4 N, S or O atoms, which heterocycle is substituted with 1 to 3 C1-C4 branched or straight chain alkyl groups. HET can optionally be substituted with halo, cyano, N(R′)2, OR′, CO2R′, CON(R′)2, and SO2N(R2)2;
  • X is O or NR′;
  • n is 1 to 3;
  • R′ is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl, (C2-C3)-alkenyl or alkynyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, hydroxy, methyl or ethyl; or a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, hydroxy, methyl or ethyl;
  • R1 is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl, hydroxy, or (C1-C3)-alkoxy;
  • R2 is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl, or (C1-C3)-alkenyloxy; each optionally substituted with —N(R′)2, —OR′, —SR′, —C(O)—N(R′)2, —S(O2)—N(R′)2, —C(O)—OR′, or R3; and
  • R3 is selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formulas:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00008

    wherein
  • R1 is an aryl or heteroaryl ring, which ring is optionally substituted;
  • R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted;
  • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, arylC1-10alkyl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, or heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties are optionally substituted;
  • X is R2, OR2, S(O)mR2 or (CH2)nNR14, or (CH2)nNR2R4;
  • n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
  • R4 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-14 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally substituted arylC1-4alkyl, or R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9, and which ring can be optionally substituted;
  • R6 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroarylC1-10 alkyl moiety; and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, can be optionally substituted;
  • R9 is hydrogen, C(Z)R6, optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted arylC1-4 alkyl;
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formulas:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00009

    or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
  • each of Q1 and Q2 are independently selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems, or 8-10 membered bicyclic ring systems comprising aromatic carbocyclic rings, aromatic heterocyclic rings or a combination of an aromatic carbocyclic ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring;
  • the rings that make up Q1 are substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, each of which is independently selected from halo; C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with NR12, OR′, CO2R′ or CONR12; (C1-C3)-alkoxy optionally substituted with NR12, OR′, CO2R′ or CONR12; NR12; OCF3; CF3; NO2; CO2R′; CONR′; SR′; S(O2)N(R′)2; SCF3; CN; N(R′)C(O)R4; N(R′)C(O)OR4; N(R′)C(O)C(O)R4; N(R′)S(O2)R4; N(R′)R4; N(R4)2; OR4; OC(O)R4; OP(O)3H2; or N═C—N(R′)2;
  • the rings that make up Q2 are optionally substituted with up to 4 substituents, each of which is independently selected from halo; C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl optionally substituted with NR12, OR′, CO2R′, S(O2)N(R′)2, N—C—N(R′)2, R3, or CONR12; (C1-C3)-alkoxy optionally substituted with NR12, OR′, CO2R′, S(O2)N(R′)2, N═C—N(R′)2, R3, or CONR12; NR12, OCF3; CF3; NO2; CO2R′; CONR′; R3; OR3; NR3; SR3; C(O)R3; C(O)N(R′)R3; C(O)OR3; SR′; S(O2)N(R′)2; SCF3; N═C—N(R′)2; or CN; R′ is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl; (C2-C3)-alkenyl; (C2-C3) alkynyl; phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, hydroxy, methyl or ethyl;
  • R3 is selected from 5-6 membered aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems;
  • R4 is (C1-C4)-alkyl optionally substituted with N(R′)2, OR′, CO2R′, CON(R′)2, or SO2N(R2)2; or a 5-6 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with N(R′)2, OR′, CO2R′, CON(R′)2, or SO2N(R2)2;
  • X, if present, is selected from —S—, —O—, —S(O2)—, —S(O)—, —S(O2)—N(R2)—, —N(R2)—S(O2)—, —N(R2)—C(O)O—, —O—C(O)—N(R2), —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—N(R2)—, —N(R2)—C(O)—, —N(R2)—, —C(R2)2—, or —C(OR′)2—;
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen, —R2, —N(R′)2, —OR2, SR2, —C(O)—N(R2)2, —S(O2)—N(R2)2, or —C(O)—OR2, wherein two adjacent R are optionally bound to one another and, together with each Y to which they are respectively bound, form a 4-8 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • R2 is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl, or (C1-C3)-alkenyl; each optionally substituted with —N(R′)2, —OR′, SR′, —C(O)—N(R′)2, —S(O2)—N(R′)2, —C(O)—OR′, or R3;
  • Y is N or C;
  • Z, if present, is N, NH, or, if chemically feasible, O; A, if present, is N or CR′;
  • n is 0 or 1; and
  • R1 is selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl, hydroxy, or (C1-C3)-alkoxy.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00010

    wherein A is
  • (a)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00011

    wherein
  • R3′, R4′, R5′ are each independently H, C1-10-alkyl, optionally substituted by halogen up to perhalo, C1-10 alkoxy, optionally substituted by halogen, up to perhaloalkoxy, halogen; NO2 or NH2;
  • R6′ is H, C1-10-alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, —NHCOR1; —NR1COR1; NO2;
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00012
  • one of R4′, R5′, or R6′ can be —X—Y; or
  • 2 adjacent R4′-R6′ can together be an aryl or heteroaryl ring with 5-12 atoms, optionally substituted by C1-10-alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C1-10 alkanoyl, C6-12 aryl, C5-12 heteroaryl or C6-12 arakyl;
  • R1 is C1-10-alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, up to perhalo;
  • X is —CH2—, —S—, —N(CH3)—, —NHC(O)—, —CH2—S—, —S—CH2—, —C(O)—, or —O—;
  • X is additionally a single bond where Y is pyridyl;
  • Y is phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, pyridone, pyrazine, benzodioxane, benzopyridine, pyrimidine or benzothiazole, each optionally substituted by C1-10-alkyl, C1-10-alkoxy, halogen, OH, —SCH3 or NO2 or, where Y is phenyl, by
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00013
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof;
  • or
  • (b)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00014

    wherein
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halo substituted C1-C10 alkyl and up to per-halosubstituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl; and
  • R2 is C6-C14 aryl, C3-C14 heteroaryl, substituted C6-C14 aryl or substituted C3-C14 heteroaryl;
  • wherein if R2 is a substituted group, it is preferably substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, up to per-halosubstitution, and Vn, where n=0-3 and each V is independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OC(O)NR5R5′,
  • —CO2R5, —C(O)NR5R5′, —OR5, —SR5, —NR5R5′, —C(O)R5, —NR5C(O)OR5′, —SO2R5—SOR5, —NR5C(O)R5′, —NO2, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C6-C14 aryl, C3-C13 heteroaryl, C7-C24 alkaryl, C4-C24 alkheteroaryl, substituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, substituted C6-C14 aryl, substituted C3-C13 heteroaryl, substituted C7-C24 alkaryl and substituted C4-C24 alkheteroaryl;
  • wherein if V is a substituted group, it is substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, up to per-halosubstitution, —CN, —CO2R5, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R5′, —NR5R5′, —OR5, —SR5, —NR5C(O)R5, —NR5C(O)OR5′ and —NO2; and
  • R5 and R5′ are independently selected form the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C6-C14 aryl, C3-C13 heteroaryl, C7-C24 alkaryl, C4-C23 alkheteroaryl, up to per-halosubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C6-C14 aryl and up to per-halosubstituted C3-C13 heteroaryl;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof; or
  • (c) a substituted moiety of up to 40 carbon atoms of the formula: -L-(M-L1)q, where L is a 5- or 6-membered cyclic structure bound directly to D, L1, comprises a substituted cyclic moiety having at least 5 members, M is a bridging group having at least one atom, q is an integer of from 1-3; and each cyclic structure of L and L1 contains 0-4 members of the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;
  • L1 is substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of —SO2Rx, —C(O)Rx and —C(NRy)Rz;
  • Ry is hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety of up to 24 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally halosubstituted, up to perhalo;
  • Rz is hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety of up to 30 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen; and
  • Rx is Rz or NRaRb where Ra and Rb are
  • i) independently hydrogen,
      • a carbon-based moiety of up to 30 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen, or
      • —OSi(Rf)3 where Rf is hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety of up to 24 carbon atoms optionally containing heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen; or
  • ii) Ra and Rb together form a 5-7 member heterocyclic structure of 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O, or a substituted 5-7 member heterocyclic structure of 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O, substituted by halogen, hydroxy or carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen; or
  • iii) one of Ra or Rb is —C(O)—, a C1-C5 divalent alkylene group or a substituted C1-C5 divalent alkylene group bound to the moiety L to form a cyclic structure with at least 5 members, wherein the substituents of the substituted C1-C5 divalent alkylene group are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, and carbon-based substituents of up to 24 carbon atoms, which optionally contain heteroatoms selected from N, S and O and are optionally substituted by halogen;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof; and
  • B is an unsubstituted or substituted, up to tricyclic, aryl or heteroaryl moiety with up to 30 carbon atoms with at least one 5- or 6-membered aromatic structure containing 0-4 members of the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;
  • wherein if B is substituted, it is substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, up to per-halo, and Wn, wherein n is 0-3 and each W is independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO2R7, —C(O)NR7R7, —C(O)R7, —NO2, —OR7, —SR7, —NR7R7, —NR7C(O)OR7, —NR7C(O)R7, C1-C10 alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C1-10-alkoxy, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C6-C14 aryl, C7-C24 alkaryl, C3-C13 heteroaryl, C4-C23 alkheteroaryl, substituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted C2-10-alkenyl, substituted C1-10— alkoxy, substituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, substituted C4-C23 alkheteroaryl and -Q-Ar;
  • wherein if W is a substituted group, it is substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO2R7, —C(O)NR7R7, —C(O)R7, —NO2, —OR7, —SR7, —NR7R7, —NR7C(O)OR7, —NR7C(O)R7 and halogen up to per-halo;
  • wherein each R7 is independently selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C6-C14 aryl, C3-C13 heteroaryl, C7-C24 alkaryl, C4-C23 alkheteroaryl, up to per-halosubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C2-10-alkenyl, up to per-halosubstituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, up to per-halosubstituted C6-C14 aryl and up to per-halosubstituted C3-C13 heteroaryl;
  • wherein Q is —O—, —S—, —N(R′)7, —(CH2)-m, —C(O)—, —CH(OH)—, —NR7C(O)NR7R7—, —NR7C(O)—, —C(O)NR7—, —(CH2)mO—, —(CH2)mS—, —(CH2)mN(R7)—, —O(CH2)m—, —CHXa, —CXa 2—, —S—(CH2)m— and —N(R7)(CH2)m—, where m=1-3, and Xa is halogen; and
  • Ar is a 5-10 member aromatic structure containing 0-4 members of the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen up to per-halosubstitution and optionally substituted by Zn1, wherein n1 is 0 to 3 and each Z substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO2R7, —C(O)NR7R7, —C(O)—NR7, —NO2, —OR7, —SR7, —NR7R7, —NR7C(O)OR7, —C(O)R7, —NR7C(O)R7, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C6-C14 aryl, C3-C13 heteroaryl, C7-C24 alkaryl, C4-C23 alkheteroaryl, substituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, substituted C7-C24 alkaryl and substituted C4-C23 alkheteroaryl; wherein the one or more substituents of Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —CO2R7, —C(O)NR7R7, —OR7, —SR7, —NO2, —NR7R7, —NR7C(O)R7 and —NR7C(O)OR7;
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Exemplary compounds of these formulas include:
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-phenyloxyphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-methoxyphenyloxy)phenyl)urea; N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinyloxy)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylthio)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-(4,7-methano-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dionyl)methyl)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-phenylphenyl)-N′-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(3-thienyl)phenyl)-N′-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(N-methylaminocarbonyl)methoxyphenyl)-N′-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(N-methylaminocarbonyl)methoxyphenyl)-N′-(1-naphthyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)methoxyphenyl)-N′-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(N-morpholinocarbonyl)methoxyphenyl)-N′-(1-naphthyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-(3-tetrahydrofuranyloxy)phenyl)-N′-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(3-pyridinyl)methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-2-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-3-chlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(2,4-difluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-phenyloxy-3,5-dichlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylthio)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinyloxy)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(3-(4-pyridinylthio)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-(3-(N-methylaminocarbonyl)phenyloxy)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-fluorosulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-2-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-methyl-3-chlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(difluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)-N′-(2,3-dimethylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(5-(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)-2-methoxphenyl)-N′-(4-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(2-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-methylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(3-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(2,3-dimethylphenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(1-naphthyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylthio)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-(4-methoxyphenyloxy)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(3-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-N′-(4-(4-(4,7-methano-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dionyl)methyl)phenyl)urea;
    • N-(2-hydroxy-4-nitro-5-chlorophenyl)-N′-(phenyl)urea;
    • N-(2-hydroxy-4-nitro-5-chlorophenyl)-N′-(4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)phenyl)urea;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Such compounds are described in published PCT applications WO 96/21452, WO 96/40143, WO 97/25046, WO 97/35856, WO 98/25619, WO 98/56377, WO 98/57966, WO 99/32110, WO 99/32121, WO 99/32463, WO 99/61440, WO 99/64400, WO 00/10563, WO 00/17204, WO 00/19824, WO 00/41698, WO 00/64422, WO 00/71535, WO 01/38324, WO 01/64679, WO 01/66539, and WO 01/66540, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • In all instances herein where there is an alkenyl or alkynyl moiety as a substituent group, the unsaturated linkage, i.e., the vinylene or acetylene linkage, is preferably not directly attached to the nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur moieties, for instance in ORf, or for certain R2 moieties.
  • As used herein, “optionally substituted” unless specifically defined shall mean such groups as halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; hydroxy; hydroxy-substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; S(O)m alkyl, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl; amino, mono and di-substituted amino, such as in the NR7R17 group; or where the R7R17 can together with the nitrogen to which they are attached cyclize to form a 5- to 7-membered ring which optionally includes an additional heteroatom selected from O,N, and S; C1-10 alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, etc. or cyclopropyl methyl; halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, such as CF3; an optionally substituted aryl, such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl moieties can also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy-substituted alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl; amino, mono- and di-substituted amino, such as in the NR7R17 group; alkyl, or CF3.
  • Inhibitors useful in the present invention can be used with any pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound utilized by the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Basic salts of inorganic and organic acids also include as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulphonic acid, ethane sulphonic acid, acetic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid and mandelic acid. In addition, pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of the above-described compounds can also be formed with a pharmaceutically-acceptable cation, for instance, if a substituent group comprises a carboxy moiety. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable cations are well known to those skilled in the art and include alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium and quaternary ammonium cations.
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
  • The inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase can be used as single therapeutic agents or in combination with other therapeutic agents. Drugs that could be usefully combined with these compounds include monoclonal antibodies targeting cells of the immune system, antibodies or soluble receptors or receptor fusion proteins targeting immune or non-immune cytokines, and small molecule inhibitors of cell division, protein synthesis, or mRNA transcription or translation, or inhibitors of immune cell differentiation, activation, or function (e.g., cytokine secretion).
  • The following terms, as used herein, refer to:
  • “halo” or “halogens”, include the halogens: chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo;
  • “C1-10alkyl” or “alkyl”—both straight and branched chain radicals of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is otherwise limited, including, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and the like;
  • the term “cycloalkyl” is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, preferably of 3 to 8 carbons, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like;
  • the term “cycloalkenyl” is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, preferably of 5 to 8 carbons, which have at least one double bond, including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like;
  • the term “alkenyl” is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2-10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, wherein there is at least one double bond between two carbon atoms in the chain, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like;
  • “aryl”—phenyl and naphthyl;
  • “heteroaryl” (on its own or in any combination, such as “heteroaryloxy” or “heteroaryl alkyl”)—a 5-10-membered aromatic ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, such as, but not limited, to pyrrole, pyrazole, furan, thiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazolinyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, oxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, imidazole, or benzimidazole;
  • “heterocyclic” (on its own or in any combination, such as “heterocyclylalkyl”)—a saturated or partially unsaturated 4-10-membered ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; such as, but not limited to, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, tetrahydropyran, or imidazolidine;
  • the term “aralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” or “heterocyclicalkyl” is used herein to mean C1-4 alkyl as defined above attached to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic moiety as also defined herein unless otherwise indicate;
  • “sulfinyl”—the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide, the term “thio” refers to the sulfide, and the term “sulfonyl” refers to the fully oxidized S(O)2 moiety;
  • “aroyl”—a C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such groups include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl; and
  • “alkanoyl”—a C(O)C1-10 alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
  • For the purposes herein the “core” 4-pyrimidinyl moiety for R1 or R2 is referred to as the formula:
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00015
  • The compounds useful in the practice of the present invention can contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and can exist in racemic and optically active forms. The use of all of these compounds are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • Compounds useful in the practice of the present invention also include, but are not limited to, the compounds shown in Tables A-C, below.
    TABLE A
    Citations, each of which is herein
    Chemical Structure incorporated by reference.
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00016
    WO-00166539, WO-00166540, WO-00164679, WO-00138324, WO-00064422, WO-00019824, WO-00010563, WO-09961440, WO-09932121, WO-09857966, WO-09856377, WO-09825619, WO-05756499, WO-09735856, WO-09725046, WO-09640143, WO-09621452; Gallagher, T. F., et. Al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 5: 49 (1997); Adams, J. L., et al.,
    # Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 8: 3111- 3116 (1998)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00017
    De Laszlo, S. E., et. Al., Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 8: 2698 (1998)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00018
    WO-09957101; Poster presentation at the 5th World Congress on Inflammation, Edinburgh, UK. (2001)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00019
    WO-00041698, WO-09932110, WO-09932463
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00020
    WO-00017204, WO-09964400
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00021
    Revesz. L., et. al., Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 10: 1261 (2000)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00022
    WO-00207772
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00023
    Fijen, J. W., et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 124: 16-20 (2001); Wadsworth, S. A., et. al., J. Pharmacol. Expt. Therapeut. 291: 680 (1999)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00024
    Collis, A. J., et al.. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 693-696 (2001); McLay, L. M., et al., Bioorg Med Chem 9: 537-554 (2001)
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00025
    WO-00110865, WO-00105749
  • TABLE B
    Compd. # STRUCTURE
    1
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00026
    2
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00027
    3
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00028
    4
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00029
    5
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00030
    6
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00031
    7
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00032
    8
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00033
    9
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00034
    10
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00035
    11
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00036
    12
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00037
    13
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00038
    14
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00039
    15
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00040
    16
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00041
    17
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00042
    18
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00043
    19
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00044
    20
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00045
    21
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00046
    22
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00047
    23
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00048
    24
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00049
    25
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00050
    26
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00051
    27
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00052
    28
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00053
    29
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00054
    30
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00055
    31
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00056
    32
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00057
    33
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00058
    34
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00059
    35
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00060
    36
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00061
    37
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00062
    38
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00063
    39
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00064
    40
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00065
    41
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00066
    42
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00067
    43
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00068
    44
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00069
    45
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00070
    46
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00071
    47
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00072
    48
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00073
    49
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00074
    50
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00075
    51
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00076
    52
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00077
    53
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00078
    54
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00079
    55
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00080
    56
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00081
    57
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00082
    58
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00083
    59
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00084
    60
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00085
    61
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00086
    62
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00087
    63
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00088
    64
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00089
    65
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00090
    66
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00091
    67
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00092
    68
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00093
    69
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00094
    70
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00095
    71
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00096
    72
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00097
    73
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00098
    74
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00099
    75
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00100
    76
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00101
    77
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00102
    78
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00103
    79
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00104
    80
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00105
    81
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00106
    82
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00107
    83
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00108
    84
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00109
    85
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00110
    86
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00111
    87
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00112
    88
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00113
    89
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00114
    90
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00115
    91
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00116
    92
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00117
    93
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00118
    94
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00119
    95
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00120
    96
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00121
    97
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00122
    98
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00123
    99
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00124
    100
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00125
    101
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00126
    102
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00127
    103
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00128
    104
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00129
    528 528
    105
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00130
    526 525
    106
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00131
    540 539
    107
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00132
    538 537
    108
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00133
    498 498
    109
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00134
    524 523
    110
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00135
    542 541
    111
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00136
    530 529
    112
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00137
    499 500
    113
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00138
    508 508
    114
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00139
    115
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00140
    116
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00141
    Compd. # MOLSTRUCTURE
    117
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00142
    118
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00143
    119
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00144
    120
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00145
    121
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00146
    122
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00147
    123
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00148
    124
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00149
    125
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00150
    126
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00151
    127
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00152
    128
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00153
    129
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00154
    130
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00155
    131
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00156
    132
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00157
    133
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00158
    134
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00159
    135
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00160
    136
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00161
    137
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00162
    138
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00163
    139
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00164
    140
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00165
    141
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00166
    142
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00167
    143
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00168
    144
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00169
    145
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00170
    146
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00171
    147
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00172
    148
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00173
    149
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00174
    150
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00175
    151
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00176
    152
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00177
    153
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00178
    154
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00179
    155
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00180
    156
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00181
    157
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00182
    158
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00183
    159
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00184
    160
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00185
    161
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00186
    162
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00187
    163
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00188
    164
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00189
    165
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00190
    166
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00191
    167
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00192
    168
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00193
    169
    Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00194
  • The compounds described above are provided for guidance and example only. It should be understood that other modulators of p38 kinase are useful in the invention provided that they exhibit adequate activity relative to the target protein.
  • Formulations and Methods of Administration
  • A pharmaceutical composition useful in the present invention comprises a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (such as those described above) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, diluent and/or salt.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient, and/or salt means that the carrier, diluent, excipient and/or salt must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, does not adversely affect the therapeutic benefit of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor, and is not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • Administration of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof for practicing the present invention can be by any method that delivers the compounds systemically and/or locally (e.g., at the site of the bone fracture, osteotomy, or orthopedic surgery). These methods include oral routes, parenteral routes, intraduodenal routes, etc.
  • In local applications, the compound or pharmaceutical composition is applied to the sites of bone fractures, osteotomies or grafts, for example, either by injection of the compound in a suitable solvent (e.g., an oily solvent such as arachis oil) to the fracture site or bone healing site or, in cases of open surgery, by local application thereto of such compounds in a suitable carrier such as bone-wax, demineralized bone powder, polymeric bone cements, bone sealants, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid-polyglycolic acid, etc. Alternatively, local application can be achieved by applying a solution or dispersion of the compound in a suitable carrier onto the surface or incorporating it into solid or semi-solid implants conventionally used in orthopedic surgery, such as dacron-mesh, gel-foam and kiel bone, or prostheses.
  • For topical applications, the compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof can be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax, sugars such as lactose and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compostions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • Depending on the particular condition, disorder or disease to be treated, additional therapeutic agents can be administered together with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitors. Those additional agents can be administered sequentially in any order, as part of a multiple dosage regimen, from the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor-containing composition (consecutive or intermittent administration). Alternatively, those agents can be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor in a single composition (simultaneous or concurrent administration).
  • For oral administration, a pharmaceutical composition useful in the invention can take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, semisolids, sustained release formulations, elixirs, aerosols, and the like. Tablets containing various excipients such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate are employed along with various disintegrants such as starch, preferably potato or tapioca starch, and certain complex silicates, together with binding agents such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc are often very useful for tabletting purposes. Solid compositions of a similar type are also employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules; preferred materials in this connection also include lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. When aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs are desired for oral administration, the compounds of this invention can be combined with various sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents, as well as such diluents as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin and various like combinations thereof.
  • The choice of formulation depends on various factors such as the mode of drug administration (e.g., for oral administration, formulations in the form of tablets, pills or capsules are preferred) and the bioavailability of the drug substance. Recently, pharmaceutical formulations have been developed especially for drugs that show poor bioavailability based upon the principle that bioavailability can be increased by increasing the surface area i.e., decreasing particle size. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,107,288 describes a pharmaceutical formulation having particles in the size range from 10 to 1,000 nm in which the active material is supported on a crosslinked matrix of macromolecules. U.S. Pat. No. 5,145,684 describes the production of a pharmaceutical formulation in which the drug substance is pulverized to nanoparticles (average particle size of 400 nm) in the presence of a surface modifier and then dispersed in a liquid medium to give a pharmaceutical formulation that exhibits remarkably high bioavailability.
  • The term “parenteral” as used herein refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous, intramedullary and intraarticular injection and infusion. A pharmaceutical composition for parenteral injection can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injection purposes. In this connection, the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily obtainable by standard techniques well-known to those skilled in the art. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present invention can also contain adjuvants such as, but not limited to, preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of the drugs, it is desirable to slow the absorption from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This can be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, can depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide, polyglycolide, and polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
  • Administration by slow infusion is particularly useful when intrathecal or epidural routes are employed. A number of implantable or body-mountable pumps useful in delivering compound at a regulated rate are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,619,652.
  • Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, can contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • For purposes of transdermal (e.g., topical) administration, dilute sterile, aqueous or partially aqueous solutions (usually in about 0.1% to 5% concentration), otherwise similar to the above parenteral solutions, are prepared.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions useful in the invention can also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and can be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • In nonpressurized powder compositions, the active ingredients in finely divided form can be used in admixture with a larger-sized pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier comprising particles having a size, for example, of up to 100 μm in diameter. Suitable inert carriers include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm.
  • Alternatively, the composition can be pressurized and contain a compressed gas, such as, e.g., nitrogen, carbon dioxide or a liquefied gas propellant. The liquefied propellant medium and indeed the total composition are preferably such that the active ingredients do not dissolve therein to any substantial extent. The pressurized composition can also contain a surface active agent. The surface active agent can be a liquid or solid non-ionic surface active agent or can be a solid anionic surface active agent. It is preferred to use the solid anionic surface active agent in the form of a sodium salt.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of the invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the drugs.
  • The compositions useful in the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposomes. As is known in the art, liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or multi-lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used. The present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to the compounds of the invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like. The preferred lipids are the phospholipids and the phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic. Methods to form liposomes are known in the art (see e.g., Prescott, E., Meth. Cell Biol. 14:33 (1976)).
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a non-toxic solid, semisolid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type, including but not limited to ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
  • Solid pharmaceutical excipients include, but are not limited to, starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like. Liquid and semisolid excipients can be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc. Preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions, include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols.
  • Methods of preparing various pharmaceutical compositions with a certain amount of active ingredient are known, or will be apparent in light of this disclosure, to those skilled in this art. Other suitable pharmaceutical excipients and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, edited by E. W. Martin, Mack Publishing Company, 19th ed. (1995).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present invention can contain 0.1%-95% of the compound(s) of this invention, preferably 1%-70%. In any event, the composition or formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of a compound(s) according to this invention in an amount effective to treat the condition, disorder or disease of the subject being treated.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that pharmaceutically effective amounts of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor can be determined empirically and can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug form. The agents can be administered to a patient as pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. It will be understood that, when administered to, for example, a human patient, the total daily usage of the agents or composition of the present invention will be decided within the scope of sound medical judgement by the attending physician. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors: the type and degree of the cellular response to be achieved; activity of the specific agent or composition employed; the specific agents or composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the agent; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific agent; and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of the agents at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosages until the desired effect is achieved.
  • For example, satisfactory results are obtained by oral administration of the compounds at dosages on the order of from 0.05 to 500 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day, more preferably 1 to 50 mg/kg/day, administered once or, in divided doses, 2 to 4 times per day. On administration parenterally, for example, by i.v. bolus, drip or infusion, dosages on the order of from 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.05 to 500 mg/kg/day, and more preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day, can be used. Suitable daily dosages for patients are thus on the order of from 2.5 to 500 mg p.o., preferably 5 to 250 mg p.o., more preferably 5 to 100 mg p.o., or on the order of from 0.5 to 250 mg i.v., preferably 2.5 to 125 mg i.v. and more preferably 2.5 to 50 mg i.v.
  • Dosaging can also be arranged in a patient specific manner to provide a predetermined concentration of the agents in the blood, as determined by techniques accepted and routine in the art (HPLC is preferred). Thus patient dosaging can be adjusted to achieve regular on-going blood levels, as measured by HPLC, on the order of from 50 to 5000 ng/ml, preferably 100 to 2500 ng/ml.
  • Kits
  • The invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form useful for bone healing. The kit can have a carrier means being compartmentalized in close confinement to receive two or more container means therein, having (1) a first container means containing a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor and (2) a second container means containing a therapeutically effective amount of carrier, excipient or diluent. Optionally, the kit can have additional container mean(s) containing a therapeutically effective amount of additional agents.
  • The kit comprises a container for containing the separate compositions such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet, however, the separate compositions can also be contained within a single, undivided container. Typically the kit comprises directions for administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
  • An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process, recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
  • It can be desirable to provide a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the dosage form so specified should be ingested. Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., “First Week, Monday, Tuesday . . . Second Week, Monday, Tuesday . . . ” etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A “daily dose” can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day. Also, a daily dose of the compound, a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa. The memory aid should reflect this.
  • It will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the relevant arts that other suitable modifications and adaptations to the methods and applications described herein can be made without departing from the scope of the invention or any embodiment thereof.
  • The following examples are offered to illustrate but not to limit the invention.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1
  • It has been found that fracture healing in rats treated with a COX-2 inhibitor, rofecoxib (Vioxx, Merck Co.) or celecoxib (Celebrex, Pharmacia Corp.), was dramatically impaired.
  • Histological studies indicated that COX-2 function is essential for endochondral ossification during the fracture healing process. COX-2 is induced by pro-inflammatory stimuli and the prostaglandins made by COX-2 can enhance inflammation. Inflammation is an early phase of fracture healing and it has been theorized that inflammation initiates the bone healing cascade of molecular and cellular events. Therefore, it was also hypothesized that the inflammation event itself was important for initiating and maintaining the fracture healing cascade and not strictly a function of COX-2.
  • Closed femur fractures were made in female retired breeder Sprague-Dawley rats. The rats were given oral doses of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (compound 25, Table B)(30 mg/kg) once or twice per day and either vehicle only (control) or rofecoxib (Vioxx, 3 mg/kg, once a day) as a positive control for fracture inhibition. The data indicated that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor does not negatively affect fracture healing and can actually enhance or accelerate the healing process.
  • The histological analysis indicated that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor enhanced fracture healing by increasing and/or accelerating calcified cartilage formation as well as new bone formation. Potential changes in the distal femur growth plate of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats suggested that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor could be affecting growth plate chondrocyte metabolism.
  • Osteoclasts were noted within the fracture calluses of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats. The amount of osteoclasts was not quantified but appeared to approximate levels found in control rats.
  • Results
  • Drug Dosing and Fracture Production
  • The initial set of 24 rats used for these experiments was designated group A (Table 4). These rats received drug in PEG300 as vehicle and at a dose of 1 ml/kg. Six of the 24 rats in group A died from apparent toxicity to either the batch of PEG300 or the 1 ml/kg dose since rats died in each of the 4 treatment categories. A seventh rat was euthanized due to its poor appearance, also apparently from the PEG300 toxicity effect. Among the remaining rats, a general poor state of health was observed with rats not eating or drinking and demonstrating a very lethargic behavior during the five days of drug administration. To alleviate this problem, a different batch of PEG300 (Sigma) was used and the dose was dropped to 0.5 ml/kg for the remainder of the animals used (rats 25-124). No further PEG300 toxicity was observed.
  • The prior set of experiments examining the effects of COX-2-selective NSAIDs on fracture healing used retired breeder male Sprague-Dawley rats with an average size of approximately 600 g. To stabilize the femur fractures in these animals, a stainless steel rod with a diameter of 1.1 mm was used. This same diameter rod was continually used during the initial phases of this study even though 250-300 g retired breeder female Sprague-Dawley rats were used. The quality of the femur fractures produced was poor in these rats (Groups A and B, Table 4). It was hypothesized that the 1.1 mm diameter rod was too stiff and was actually creating comminuted fractures. To test this hypothesis 0.8 and 0.9 mm diameter rods were used for fracture stabilization in the smaller female rats (rats 58 and 59, Table 4). The 0.8 mm diameter rod appeared to work slightly better than the 0.9 mm diameter rod and so the 0.8 mm diameter rod was used for the remainder of these experiments (Group C, Table 4). After switching to the smaller diameter rod, fracture quality increased to levels comparable to that previously obtained using the larger male rats; only 7 of the 65 rats in group C were immediately disqualified from the study due to poor fracture quality (see Appendix A).
  • Radiographic Analysis
  • All rats were radiographed at time of sacrifice and representative radiographs can be found in FIGS. 1A-1I, 2A-2F, 3A-3E, and 4A-4H. Using the scoring system described in the Materials and Methods section, infra, the 4 week post-fracture radiographs from the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats had significantly higher scores than the control or rofecoxib treated rats (see Table 1). These observations are clearly indicative of advanced healing in the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats.
  • Radiographs from the control rats at 4 weeks post-fracture appeared to be following a normal healing response (FIGS. 1A-1I). In the majority of the control rats, the fracture was not bridged at either apex of the fracture callus or by new bone formation at the cortical bone ends of fracture site. An example of rat that shows no bridging was rat #65 (FIG. 1A). In contrast, bridging at the apex of the fracture callus and new bone formation (characterized by a cotton-ball-like appearance) was evident at the fracture site in the top-half of the fracture callus from rat #114 (FIG. 1H). The negative effects of rofecoxib on fracture healing were evident in the radiographs shown in FIGS. 2A-2F. In most of the fractures, the fracture site was still plainly evident and little or no bridging was evident. An exception was rat #96 (FIG. 2B) where bridging is evident. Note that the radiograph for rat #123 (FIG. 2F) appeared to have been made with the femur at an angle (not perpendicular between the X-ray beam and the femur's long axis) and thus though it can appear to be bridged, the circular pattern within the radiograph indicates that it was not bridged.
  • p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treatment appears to accelerated fracture healing as per the radiographic analysis (see FIGS. 3A-3E and 4A-4H and Table 1). As can be seen in FIG. 3A for rat #60, the top apex of the fracture callus was clearly bridged and new bone formation (cotton-ball-like appearance) also appeared to be bridging the top of the fracture in this animal. In contrast, the apex of the bottom half of this callus (Rat #60) did not appear to be bridged. Similar and even better examples of accelerated healing were found among the other radiographs of the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats. Note that the radiograph for rat #61 (FIG. 6B) is indicative of reactive bone formation caused by infection, but no evidence of infection (other than the X-ray) was found when this femur was harvested for mechanical testing.
    TABLE 1
    Radiographic comparisons between treatment groups
    at 4 weeks post-fracture in Group C rats (rats 60-124).
    p38 MAP Kinase p38 MAP Kinase
    Control Rofecoxib Inhibitor Inhibitor x2
    Mean 1.33 0.83 3.2 3.75
    Range 0-4 0-3 3-4 3-4
    Sample size 9 6 5 8
    P value* 0.46 <0.01 <0.001

    *Standard two-tailed T-test comparisons to the Control group values.
  • Mechanical Analysis
  • Torsional mechanical testing was performed on the fractured (right) and contralateral (left) femurs from control, rofecoxib (3 mg/kg/day); p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (30 mg/kg/day), and p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (2×30 mg/kg/day). The stabilizing rods were removed from the femurs prior to testing and the femurs were wrapped in saline soaked gauze to prevent dehydration prior to testing. The ends of the femurs were potted in hex nuts with Wood's metal and the peak torque and angle failure determined using an MTS servohydraulic mechanical testing machine and a 20 Nm reaction torque load cell as per standard procedures (Simon, A. M. et al., J. Bone Miner. Res. 17:963-976 (2002)). Femur and fracture callus dimensions and gage length were measured before and after mechanical testing using digital calipers. The values obtained were used to calculate torsional rigidity, and shear stress as described (Simon, A. M. et al., J. Bone Min. Res., in press (2002)). Finally, the data was normalized as the percentage of the fractured femur relative to the contralateral femur for each animal. This helped to reduce animal-to-animal variability.
  • The results obtained from the mechanical testing of the 4 week post-fracture femurs (Group C; rats 60-124) are shown in Table 2 and graphically in FIGS. 5A-5C. p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treatment significantly increased normalized peak torque relative to rofecoxib treated rats but not relative to the control animals (FIG. 5A). Similarly, normalized torsional rigidity approached a statistical significant difference between the twice-a-day p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats and rofecoxib treated rats but not the control rats (FIG. 5B). No significant differences were found in the normalized shear stress among the different treatment groups (FIG. 5C).
    TABLE 2
    Summary of Normalized Mechanical Testing Data
    from Rat Group C at 4 weeks post-fracture.
    p38 MAP Kinase p38 MAP Kinase
    Control Rofecoxib Inhibitor Inhibitor x2
    NPT
    48 ± 25 32 ± 3 50 ± 11 48 ± 14
    NTR 42 ± 44 19 ± 9 28 ± 24 61 ± 55
    NSS 14 ± 15 13 ± 9 15 ± 8  10 ± 4 
    Sample 7 4 5 8
    Size

    NPT = normalized peak torque;

    NTR = normalized torsional rigidity;

    NSS = normalized shear stress.

    Errors indicated are standard deviations.
  • Mechanical testing was also performed on the femurs of rats that were available from Groups A and B (rats 1-57; see Appendix A). Unfortunately the number of rats available for these tests from these groups was too small for any statistical evaluation. However, a very high normalized peak torque (˜150%) and normalized torsional rigidity (˜150%) was found in the twice-a-day p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats (see Table 3). These values are exceptionally high and are not normally found during fracture healing in untreated rats when one can expect to find normalized peak torque and normalized torsional rigidity values to reach a maximum of less than or equal to ˜100%. These data again indicate that p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treatment was accelerating and/or enhancing fracture healing.
    TABLE 3
    Summary of Mechanical Testing Data from Rat Groups A and B.
    p38 MAP Kinase p38 MAP Kinase
    Weeks Control Rofecoxib Inhibitor Inhibitor x2
    post-fx
    4 6 8 4 6 8 4 6 8 4 6 8
    NPT 46  57 ± 42 57 85 ± 17 97 158 ± 46
    NTR 43 100 ± 82 69 109 ± 52  126 156 ± 68
    NSS 10 16 ± 8 14.1 36 ± 11 63 45 ± 1
    Sample 1 2 1 3 1 2
    size

    NPT = normalized peak torque;

    NTR = normalized torsional rigidity;

    NSS = normalized shear stress.

    Errors indicated are standard deviations.
  • Histology
  • The histological findings are shown in FIGS. 6A-6D, 7 and 8A-8E. At two weeks post-fracture and normal healing process in the control group (FIG. 6A) was observed which was characterized by woven bone formed from the periphery of the callus towards the center followed by an area of calcified cartilage (orange in color with embedded chondrocytes), then chondrocytes and cartilage (deep blue), with fibroblastic cells at the center of the callus. In the rofecoxib treated animal (FIG. 6B), less woven bone formation was observed as it did not approach the cortical bone ends of the fracture site and an abundance of chondrocytes. In the rat treated with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor once per day (FIG. 6C), a near normal amount of woven bone but more than normal amounts of chondrocytes was observed. Finally in the rat treated with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor twice per day (FIG. 6D), advanced healing with the fracture gap almost filled with newly formed woven bone was observed.
  • One potential mechanism by which the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor could be enhancing fracture healing is by reducing osteoclast number. Osteoclasts were observed in the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated fracture callus (FIG. 7). As discussed above, p 38 MAP kinase activity positively regulates osteoclast differentiation. The number of osteoclasts appeared to be about the same as in control animals but this parameter was not quantified.
  • There were also some variations in growth plates of the contralateral control femurs (FIGS. 8A-8E). The distal femur growth plate appeared to be normal in the control (FIG. 8A) and rofecoxib (FIG. 8B) treated animals. However, in the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats at two weeks post-fracture (FIGS. 8C and 8D), there appeared to a slight decrease in chondrocyte cell layers in the resting and proliferative zones, a decrease in the maturation of the calcification zone, and an increase in the amount of new bone in the growth plate calcified zone, which could also be interpreted as a decrease in the calcified zone since this was replaced with new bone. Large amounts of new bone formation at the growth plate of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor (twice a day) rat at 4 weeks post-fracture and the near absence of any calcified cartilage were observed (FIG. 8E). This suggested that p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treatment was enhancing the differentiation of the chondrocytes at the growth plate.
  • Materials and Methods
  • Animals and Drug Dosing
  • Retired breeder female Sprague-Dawley rats were purchased from Taconic Farms. The rats were housed in pairs and given food and water ad libitum. A total of 124 rats were purchased for these experiments (Table 4). However, only 65 rats were used for the final set of experiments as described in Table 4. Drugs were first administered to the rats by gavage using PEG300 (Sigma) as a carrier (0.5 ml per kg). Rats were initially gavaged with drugs 6 hours after surgery (between 4 and 6 PM on day 1) and then twice/day afterwards for 5 days (between 6-8 AM and again between 5-7 PM). Drug dosing regimes are shown in Table 5. The p38 MAP kinase inhibitor used in the experiments is compound 25, Table B. Rofecoxib was obtained by pulverizing Vioxx pills (Merck).
    TABLE 4
    Rat Number of Experimental
    Group Numbers Rats Variables Disposition
    A 1-24 24 1 ml/kg PEG, thick See Appendix A
    rod (1.1 mm dia.)
    B 25-57  33 0.5 ml/kg PEG, See Appendix A
    thick rod
    (1.1 mm dia.)
    58 and 59 2 Rod diameter test Not used for data
    rats analysis
    C 60-124 65 0.5 ml/kg PEG, thin Radiographic,
    rod (0.81 mm dia.) histological, and
    mechanical
    analyses
    Total 124
  • TABLE 5
    Drug Dosing Regimes
    Dose AM (6-8 AM) PM (5-7PM)
    Control PEG PEG
    Rofecoxib
     3 mg/kg PEG Drug
    p38 MAP Kinase Inhibitor-A 30 mg/kg PEG Drug
    p38 MAP Kinase Inhibitor-B 30 mg/kg Drug Drug
  • Fracture Production
  • Rats were anesthetized with a ketamine-xylazine mixture. The right hindlimb was shaved, and cleansed with betadine. A medial parapatellar incision was made through the skin and underlying muscle to the distal end of the femur. The patella was dislocated laterally to expose the femoral condyles. A 20 g needle was used to drill a hole into the distal end of the femur, between the condyles, and then used to ream the femoral canal. A 0.81 mm diameter stainless steel wire was then inserted into the femoral condyle and tamped into the proximal end of the femur. The rod was then trimmed as close as possible to the femoral condyles with wire cutters. The incision was closed in two layers with resorbable Vicryl sutures. A mid-shaft transverse fracture was made in the right femur using a three-point bending device as described previously (Bonnarens, F. and Einhorn, T. A., J. Orthop. Res. 2:97-101 (1984)).
  • Radiography
  • Radiographs were made using an HP Faxitron and Kodak MINR2000 mammography film. Radiographs were photographed with and Olympus C-3040 digital camera for figure preparation. The 4 week post-fracture radiographs from all the rats that had survived to 4 weeks in Group C (rats 60-124) and which were not comminuted, infected, or destabilized were scored as follows. One point was assigned to each radiograph in which a cortex of the fracture callus appeared bridged and/or where the cortical bone fracture site appeared to be bridged by new bone. Thus a radiograph could have a minimal score of 0 or a maximal score of 4.
  • Histology
  • Femurs were dissected from rats at 2, 4, 6, and 8 weeks as detailed in Appendix A. Soft tissue was dissected from the femurs and the femurs were fixed overnight in buffered formalin. The femurs were then embedded in polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) following standard procedures. Longitudinal sections (˜200 um thick) were cut from the PMMA blocks and ground and polished to a thickness of approximately 50-100 um. The sections were then stained with Van Gieson's picrofuschin and Stevenel's Blue. This results in dark blue to purple staining of cartilage and lighter polychromatic blue staining of other cell types such as fibroblasts, osteoblasts, and osteoclasts; red staining of bone; and orange to red staining of calcified cartilage. Sections were photographed with an Olympus BH2 microscope.
  • Mechanical Testing
  • Rats were sacrificed at 4 weeks post-fracture by CO2 asphyxiation. Rats with oblique, comminuted, or infected fractures were not used for mechanical testing (see Appendix A). Both femora were removed and cleaned of all soft tissue leaving the fracture callus undisturbed and then immediately processed for mechanical testing. The samples were wrapped in saline soaked gauze to prevent dehydration between steps. Measurements of the femora were taken using digital calipers to determine femur length and external callus dimensions. The intramedullary pin was removed from the fractured femur. The femoral ends were potted in 1-inch hexnuts using a low melt temperature metal (Wood's metal, Alfa Aesar, Ward Mill, Mass.). Once potted, the gage length (L) of each femur was measured. Torsional testing was conducted using a servohydraulic testing machine (MTS, Eden, Praire, Minn.) with a 20 Nm reaction torque cell (Interface, Scottsdale, Ariz.). The testing was carried out to failure at a rate of 2°/sec and a data recording rate of 20 Hz. Both the fractured and intact femora were tested in internal rotation in proper anatomic orientation. The peak torque and angle at failure were calculated from the load-deformation curves. Internal fracture callus dimensions were measured after mechanical testing. From the callus dimensions, the polar moment of inertia (J) was calculated based upon a hollow ellipse model (Bell, G. H. et al., J. Physiol. 100:299-317 (1941); Engesaeter, L. B. et al., Acta Orthop. Scand. 49:512-518 (1978)).
  • The equations used to derive torsional rigidity, shear stress, and J were as follows (Popov, E. P., INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICS OF SOLIDS, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, Inc. (1968)): (i) Torsional Rigidity: (Tmax•L)/φ where Tmax is the peak torque value in Nmm, L is the gage length in mm, and φ is the angle at failure in radians; (ii) Shear Stress: (Tmax•Rmax)/J where Rmax is the largest radial dimension of the fracture callus in mm (ao) and J is the polar moment of inertia; (iii) Polar Moment of Inertia (J): [π(ab3+a3b−(a−t)(b−t)3−(a−t)3(b−t)]/4 where a is [ai+[(ao−ai)/2]; b is [bi+[(bo−bi)/2]; t is the average bone thickness at the site of failure and is calculated as [(ao−ai)+(bo−bi)]/2 where ao is the callus maximum outside radius, ai is the maximum interior radius, bo is the least outside radius, and bi is the least interior radius in mm. Only torsional testing data for which the fractured and control femur tested without incident were used.
  • Discussion
  • Fracture Healing and p38 MAP Kinase Inhibitor
  • It is evident from the experimental results that the inflammation response per se is not essential for successful fracture healing. However, it has not been independently corroborated that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor dose(s) used actually reduce or eliminate the early inflammation response in rats following bone fracture. Assuming that p38 MAP kinase inhibitor does indeed eliminate inflammation, than the data indicate that COX-2 has essential function during fracture healing, unrelated to the initial inflammation response. The fractured femurs from the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor treated rats had mechanical properties similar or better than control animals (Tables 2 and 3, FIGS. 5A-5C), and radiographic properties significantly better that control animals (Table 1), indicating that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor does not negatively affect and can in fact enhance fracture healing. Conversely, even 5 days of treatment with rofecoxib negatively affected the mechanical and to a lesser extent the radiographic properties of the healing rat femur fractures. The data support a theory in which early COX-2 inhibition is deleterious to fracture healing but that this is not directly related to a pro-inflammatory response and can in fact be more involved in inflammation resolution. The p38 MAP kinase inhibitor is accelerating and/or enhancing the fracture healing process based upon the radiographic observations and the mechanical testing analyses at later time points (such as 8 and 12 weeks post-fracture). The histological observations at two weeks post-fracture also support this contention (FIGS. 6A-6D). Furthermore, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor has no negative effect on fracture healing, unlike Celebrex or Vioxx. Therefore, the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor should be a better post-fracture, post-orthopedic surgical procedure analgesic and/or anti-inflammatory medication.
  • Potential Mechanism of Action for p38 MAP Kinase Inhibitors on Fracture Healing
  • The following have been observed: an apparent increase in the amount of new woven bone within the callus and perhaps some more calcified cartilage than in control rats (FIG. 7). This suggests that the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor acts to enhance fracture healing by promoting chondrocyte differentiation either indirectly by promoting proliferation and/or migration of stem cells, or by inhibiting apoptosis; or directly accelerating calcified cartilage formation which is the end stage of chondrocyte differentiation. In turn, the larger amount of calcified cartilage promotes new (woven) bone formation within the callus. Increased numbers of osteoblasts lining the surface of the newly formed bone have been observed which suggest a positive effect on osteoblast function.
  • Again these observations are consistent with the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor having no negative effect and in fact having a positive effect on fracture healing. In contrast, the development of fibrous non-unions in some of the rofecoxib treated rats was observed, as observed previously when rats were treated continuously, instead of just 5 days, with this COX-2-selective NSAID.
    APPENDIX A.
    Summary of rats used for these experiments.
    Rat # Drug Group Purpose Time Point Morbidity Data OK Comments
    1 Control euthanized PEG toxicity saced due to poor
    appearance Oct. 25, 2001
    2 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    3 Control histology 4 wks
    4 Control died PEG toxicity Found dead @am
    gavaging Oct. 25, 2001
    5 P38 Inhibitor histology 2 wks
    6 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes
    7 P38 Inhibitor euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    8 P38 Inhibitor euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, saced
    9 Rofecoxib histology 8 wks
    10 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    11 Rofecoxib died PEG toxicity Found dead @pm
    gavaging Oct. 31, 2001
    12 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    13 Rofecoxib mech 8 wks Yes
    14 Rofecoxib mech 8 wks Yes
    15 Rofecoxib mech 8 wks MTS error No right femur fractured
    when placed into MTS
    16 Rofecoxib mech 8 wks Yes
    17 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 8 wks Yes
    18 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 8 wks Yes
    19 P38 Inhibitor × 2 died PEG toxicity Found dead @am
    gavaging Nov. 7, 2001
    20 P38 Inhibitor × 2 died PEG toxicity Found dead @am
    gavaging Nov. 7, 2001
    21 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 8 wks No poor right leg test, very
    high angle at failure
    22 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    23 P38 Inhibitor × 2 died PEG toxicity Found dead @am
    gavaging Nov. 7, 2001
    24 P38 Inhibitor × 2 died PEG toxicity Found dead @am
    gavaging Nov. 8, 2001
    25 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    26 P38 Inhibitor euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    27 Rofecoxib histology 4 wks
    28 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    29 P38 Inhibitor euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    30 Control euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    31 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 4 wks
    32 Control euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    33 Control histology 4 wks
    34 P38 Inhibitor mech 6 wks Yes
    35 Rofecoxib histology 4 wks
    36 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    37 P38 Inhibitor mech 6 wks Yes
    38 P38 Inhibitor euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    39 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    40 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized surgery knee fx during surgery,
    saced
    41 Control histology 2 wks
    42 P38 Inhibitor histology 2 wks pin slippage NO PIN!, harvested
    43 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 2 wks
    44 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    45 P38 Inhibitor mech 6 wks Yes
    46 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 6 wks Yes
    47 Control histology 2 wks
    48 Rofecoxib euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    49 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    50 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    51 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    52 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    53 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    54 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    55 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    56 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    57 Rofecoxib euthanized bad fx
    58 Pin test euthanized
    59 Pin test euthanized
    60 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes
    61 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes Infected?; no puss
    62 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    63 Rofecoxib died anesthetic died during surgery
    64 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    65 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    66 Rofecoxib euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    67 Control mech 4 wks Yes Almost destabilized
    68 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    69 Rofecoxib euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    70 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 2 wks
    71 P38 Inhibitor histology 2 wks
    72 Rofecoxib euthanized pin slippage no pin, not harvested
    73 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    74 Control histology 2 wks
    75 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 4 wks bad fx Oblique fx
    76 Control histology 4 wks bad fx Double fx
    77 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 2 wks
    78 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes
    79 P38 Inhibitor histology 2 wks
    80 Rofecoxib mech 4 wks No Comminuted
    81 Control mech 4 wks Yes Possibly infected
    82 P38 Inhibitor histology 2 wks
    83 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 4 wks bad fx Double fx
    84 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes
    85 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    86 Control histology 2 wks
    87 Control mech 4 wks Yes Comminuted?
    88 Control euthanized surgery pin went thru cortex,
    saced
    89 P38 Inhibitor euthanized bad fx bad fx, not harvested
    90 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    91 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    92 Control mech 4 wks Yes Almost destabilized
    93 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    94 P38 Inhibitor mech 4 wks Yes
    95 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    96 Rofecoxib mech 4 wks Yes
    97 Rofecoxib mech 4 wks No left leg poor test
    98 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    99 Control histology 2 wks
    100 Control histology 2 wks
    101 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    102 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    103 P38 Inhibitor euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    104 Rofecoxib mech 4 wks Yes
    105 P38 Inhibitor × 2 histology 2 wks
    106 Rofecoxib histology 2 wks
    107 Rofecoxib mech 4 wks Yes
    108 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    109 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    110 Control euthanized bad fx bad fx, saced
    111 P38 Inhibitor × 2 euthanized infection Infection, not harvested
    112 Rofecoxib histology 4 wks
    113 Rofecoxib euthanized Anethesia
    complications
    114 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    115 P38 Inhibitor × 2 mech 4 wks Yes
    116 P38 Inhibitor euthanized bad fx bad fx, not harvested
    117 P38 Inhibitor euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    118 Control mech 4 wks Yes
    119 Control euthanized bad fx bad fx, not harvested
    120 Rofecoxib Euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    121 P38 Inhibitor Euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    122 Rofecoxib Euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
    123 Rofecoxib Mech 4 wks Yes
    124 Rofecoxib Euthanized pin slippage Destabilized, not
    harvested
  • Example 2 p38α MAP Kinase Inhibition Improves Clinical Scores and Blocks Cartilage and Bone Destruction in Early and Advanced Stages of Murine Collagen Type II Arthritis
  • Destruction of cartilage and bone are poorly managed hallmarks of human rheumatoid arthritis (RA). p38a MAP kinase has been shown to regulate key pro-inflammatory pathways in RA, including TNFα, IL-1β, and COX 2. A p38α MAP kinase inhibitor (compound 162, Table B) was evaluated to determine whether a p38 inhibitor could modulate cartilage and bone destruction in a mouse model of RA. Induction of RA was achieved using bovine type II cartilage (100 ug/kg, subcutaneous on days 0 and 21) and bacterial lipopolysaccharide (50 ug/mouse, intraperitoneal on day 22).
  • Oral treatment was vehicle alone (1% PEG 400, bid) or the p38 inhibitor (90 mg/kg bid). The duration of treatment was 10 and 20 days in mice with early onset or advanced disease, respectively. Treatment was initiated in mice with early onset or advanced disease. Disease state was determined by clinical scoring performed in a blinded protocol that assigned a maximum per paw value of 3 based upon degree of erythema and swelling observed. Early or advanced disease was judged by clinical scoring, 1.6±0.6 (mean +/−std dev) on day 24 and 9.1±2.6 on day 30, respectively.
  • When treatment was initiated at the onset of disease, the p38 inhibitor was associated with a statistically significant improvement in clinical scoring (7.0±3.4 vs 2.4±1.5 for vehicle and the p38 inhibitor, respectively, p<0.0005 by ANOVA with Bonferroni post test). Qualitative histological evaluation included degree of bone and cartilage erosion, synovitis and pannus formation. Histological analysis showed a dramatic reduction in all aspects of joint lesion morphology including reduced cartilage and bone erosions (see, FIGS. 9A and 9B).
  • When treatment was initiated in mice with advanced disease there was a significant improvement in clinical scoring (9.1±2.2 vs 4.9±1.7 for vehicle and compound 25, respectively, p<0.001), reduced serum cartilage oligomeric matrix protein (COMP, a marker of cartilage breakdown) and evidence of cartilage and bone healing (osteogensis) by histological assessment, associated with reduced osteoclast number in the p38 MAP kinase inhibitor group compared to the baseline (treatment initiation) group and the vehicle treated group (FIGS. 10A, 10B, 10C and 10D.
  • This study demonstrates that in a model of experimental arthritis associated with significant osteolysis, p38α MAP kinase inhibition has a beneficial effect on clinical scoring and cartilage and bone destruction in early and advanced stages of the disease. Osteoclast numbers also appeared to be reduced by administration of a p38 MAP kinase inhibitor in this model.
  • All documents, e.g., scientific publications, patents and patent publications, recited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual document was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. Where the document cited only provides the first page of the document, the entire document is intended, including the remaining pages of the document.

Claims (14)

1. A method of promoting osteogenesis in a patient, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of osteogenesis a pharmaceutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor of the formula (1):
Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-C00195
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, wherein
Figure US20080108658A1-20080508-P00001
represents a single or double bond;
one Z2 is CA or CR8A and the other is CR1, CR1 2, NR6 or N wherein each R1, R6 and R8 is independently hydrogen or noninterfering substituent;
A is —CO(X)jY wherein Y is COR2 or an isostere thereof and R2 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent, X is a spacer of preferably 2-6 Å, and j is 0 or 1;
Z3 is NR7 or O;
each R3 is independently a noninterfering substituent;
n is 0-3;
each of L1 and L2 is a linker;
each R4 is independently a noninterfering substituent;
m is 0-4;
Z1 is CR5 or N wherein R5 is hydrogen or a noninterfering substituent;
each of 1 and k is an integer from 0-2 wherein the sum of 1 and k is 0-3;
Ar is an aryl group substituted with 0-5 noninterfering substituents, wherein two noninterfering substituents can form a fused ring; and
the distance between the atom of Ar linked to L and the center of the α ring is preferably 4.5-24 Å.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said patient is in need of treatment of bone fracture.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein said patient has a traumatic bone fracture or a long-term bone fracture.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein said patient is in need of enhanced bone grafting.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein said patient is in need of treatment of a bone disease.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the bone disease is selected from the group consisting of arthritis, osteoarthritis, and osteoporosis.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein said patient is in need of decreased bone resorption.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein said patient is a human.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein administration of said p38 MAP kinase inhibitor decreases osteoclast numbers.
10. A method of enhancing bone healing following facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction, periodontal disease or tooth extraction, enhancing long bone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth or increasing bone synostosis in a patient, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to a patient in need of the same.
11. The method of claim 14, wherein said patient is a human.
12. A method of increasing bone mass in a mammal, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased bone mass.
13. A method of increasing chondrocyte differentiation in a mammal, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of increased chondrocyte differentiation.
14. A method of accelerating cartilage formation in a mammal, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a p38 mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitor to a mammal in need of accelerated cartilage formation.
US11/853,751 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Methods of promoting osteogenesis Abandoned US20080108658A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/853,751 US20080108658A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40666402P 2002-08-29 2002-08-29
US10/651,934 US7268139B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-29 Methods of promoting osteogenesis
US11/853,751 US20080108658A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/651,934 Continuation US7268139B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-29 Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080108658A1 true US20080108658A1 (en) 2008-05-08

Family

ID=31978337

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/651,934 Expired - Lifetime US7268139B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-29 Methods of promoting osteogenesis
US11/853,751 Abandoned US20080108658A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/651,934 Expired - Lifetime US7268139B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-29 Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US7268139B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1539121A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2006508051A (en)
AU (1) AU2003262911A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2497240A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004019873A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2003262911A1 (en) * 2002-08-29 2004-03-19 Scios Inc. Methods of promoting osteogenesis
WO2007124274A1 (en) * 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 The Uab Research Foundation Treating neoplasms
US20070269440A1 (en) * 2006-05-22 2007-11-22 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Stimulators of osteoblastogenesis and applications of the same
US20120276064A1 (en) * 2011-04-05 2012-11-01 Blau Helen M Methods and compositions for rejuvenation and expansion of stem cells
KR20150132434A (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-11-25 씨오코프 홀딩 컴퍼니, 엘엘씨 Theobromine compositions useful for increasing fetal weight gain and enhancing bone properties
GB201317609D0 (en) 2013-10-04 2013-11-20 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Inhibitor compounds
GB201505658D0 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-05-13 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Inhibitor compounds
GB201617103D0 (en) 2016-10-07 2016-11-23 Cancer Research Technology Limited Compound
US10342786B2 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-07-09 Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. P38 kinase inhibitors reduce DUX4 and downstream gene expression for the treatment of FSHD
CN114748622A (en) 2017-10-05 2022-07-15 弗尔康医疗公司 P38 kinase inhibitors reduce DUX4 and downstream gene expression for the treatment of FSHD

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4107288A (en) * 1974-09-18 1978-08-15 Pharmaceutical Society Of Victoria Injectable compositions, nanoparticles useful therein, and process of manufacturing same
US4619652A (en) * 1982-12-23 1986-10-28 Alza Corporation Dosage form for use in a body mounted pump
US5145684A (en) * 1991-01-25 1992-09-08 Sterling Drug Inc. Surface modified drug nanoparticles
US6410540B1 (en) * 1998-08-28 2002-06-25 Scios, Inc. Inhibitors of p38-αkinase
US7268139B2 (en) * 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Scios, Inc. Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5593992A (en) 1993-07-16 1997-01-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds
HUP0102677A3 (en) 1995-01-12 2002-09-30 Smithkline Beecham Corp Trisubstituted imidazole derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
IL118544A (en) * 1995-06-07 2001-08-08 Smithkline Beecham Corp Imidazole derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
ZA97175B (en) * 1996-01-11 1997-11-04 Smithkline Beecham Corp Novel substituted imidazole compounds.
WO1997035856A1 (en) 1996-03-25 1997-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for cns injuries
ZA9711092B (en) 1996-12-11 1999-07-22 Smithkline Beecham Corp Novel compounds.
US20020156104A1 (en) 1997-06-13 2002-10-24 Jerry L. Adams Novel pyrazole and pyrazoline substituted compounds
WO1998057966A1 (en) 1997-06-19 1998-12-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel aryloxy substituted pyrimidine imidazole compounds
US6335340B1 (en) 1997-12-19 2002-01-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation compounds of heteroaryl substituted imidazole, their pharmaceutical compositons and uses
PT1043995E (en) 1997-12-22 2007-01-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp Inhibition of p38 kinase activity using aryl and heteroaryl substituted heterocyclic ureas
DE69830513T2 (en) 1997-12-22 2006-03-16 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp., West Haven INHIBITION OF THE p38 KINASE USING SYMMETRICAL AND ASYMMETRIC DIPHENYL HYDROGEN
ID27535A (en) 1998-05-05 2001-04-12 Hoffmann La Roche PIRASOLA DURATION AS P-38 MAP KINASE INHIBITOR
CA2333157A1 (en) * 1998-05-26 1999-12-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel substituted imidazole compounds
AU4429799A (en) 1998-06-12 1999-12-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
JP2003525201A (en) 1998-08-20 2003-08-26 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション New substituted triazole compounds
AR023659A1 (en) 1998-09-18 2002-09-04 Vertex Pharma AN INHIBITOR COMPOUND OF P38, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT AND THE USE OF SUCH COMPOSITION IN THE TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF PATHOLOGICAL STATES
CA2346665A1 (en) 1998-10-07 2000-04-13 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for stroke management
AU6476599A (en) * 1998-11-03 2000-05-22 Novartis Ag Anti-inflammatory 4-phenyl-5-pyrimidinyl-imidazoles
KR100711538B1 (en) 1998-12-25 2007-04-27 아스카 세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Aminopyrazole derivatives
ATE556713T1 (en) 1999-01-13 2012-05-15 Bayer Healthcare Llc OMEGA-CARBOXYARYL SUBSTITUTED DIPHENYL UREAS AS P38 KINASE INHIBITORS
EP1173254A2 (en) 1999-04-27 2002-01-23 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel treatment of neurotraumatic conditions with a raf inhibitor
PL352032A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2003-07-28 Scios Inc Indole-type derivatives as the inhibitors of the p38 kinase
JP2003505362A (en) 1999-07-16 2003-02-12 レオ・ファーマ・アクティーゼルスカブ Aminobenzophenones as inhibitors of IL-1β and TNF-α
US6962933B1 (en) 1999-08-06 2005-11-08 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Method for inhibiting p38 MAP kinase or TNF-α production using a 1,3-thiazole
WO2001037835A1 (en) 1999-11-22 2001-05-31 Smithkline Beecham Plc. Novel compounds
MY141144A (en) 2000-03-02 2010-03-15 Smithkline Beecham Corp 1, 5-disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido 4,5-dipyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
ES2218391T3 (en) 2000-03-06 2004-11-16 Smithkline Beecham Plc IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVES AS RAF-CINASA INHIBITORS.
GB0005357D0 (en) 2000-03-06 2000-04-26 Smithkline Beecham Plc Compounds
EP1305050A2 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-05-02 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Improved oral dosage formulations

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4107288A (en) * 1974-09-18 1978-08-15 Pharmaceutical Society Of Victoria Injectable compositions, nanoparticles useful therein, and process of manufacturing same
US4619652A (en) * 1982-12-23 1986-10-28 Alza Corporation Dosage form for use in a body mounted pump
US5145684A (en) * 1991-01-25 1992-09-08 Sterling Drug Inc. Surface modified drug nanoparticles
US6410540B1 (en) * 1998-08-28 2002-06-25 Scios, Inc. Inhibitors of p38-αkinase
US7268139B2 (en) * 2002-08-29 2007-09-11 Scios, Inc. Methods of promoting osteogenesis

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7268139B2 (en) 2007-09-11
WO2004019873A9 (en) 2004-06-24
EP1539121A2 (en) 2005-06-15
EP1539121A4 (en) 2008-08-13
AU2003262911A8 (en) 2004-03-19
WO2004019873A2 (en) 2004-03-11
WO2004019873A3 (en) 2004-10-07
AU2003262911A1 (en) 2004-03-19
CA2497240A1 (en) 2004-03-11
US20040162289A1 (en) 2004-08-19
JP2006508051A (en) 2006-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080108658A1 (en) Methods of promoting osteogenesis
US7576093B2 (en) Method of treatment of bone-related disorders or conditions
Gajraj The effect of cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors on bone healing
US6235760B1 (en) Treatment for CNS injuries
TWI222360B (en) Treating or preventing the early stages of degeneration of articular cartilage or subchondral bone in mammals using carprofen and derivatives
TW201041580A (en) Inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase-3 (GSK-3) for treating glaucoma
JP2001253827A (en) Composition and method for treating osteoporosis
US20040122008A1 (en) Treatment of pain by inhibition of p38 MAP kinase
ES2312588T3 (en) REGULATION OF THE PANCREATIC JUICE SECRETION UNDERSTANDING A LPA RECEIVER REGULATION AGENT.
US7244441B2 (en) Stents and intra-luminal prostheses containing map kinase inhibitors
US20060019971A1 (en) Treatment of cardiovascular disease with inhibitors of p38 kinase
JP4657296B2 (en) Pharmaceutical composition for fracture treatment
WO2004024083A2 (en) Methods of bone healing
JP2006528151A (en) Combination of cathepsin K inhibitor and bisphosphonate in the treatment of bone metastasis, tumor growth and tumor-induced bone loss
US20080039461A1 (en) Treatment of pain by inhibition of p38 map kinase
US20040171659A1 (en) Methods for treating diabetes
AU2018316536A1 (en) Enhancement of cancer treatment efficiency via the sphingosine-1-phosphate pathway
JP2003528050A (en) Use of pyrimidine-based endothelin antagonists in pets
Rodríguez‐Lorenzo et al. Acrylic injectable and self‐curing formulations for the local release of bisphosphonates in bone tissue
JP2005523291A5 (en)
US20100137330A1 (en) Use
Akarawatcharangura Time and dose-dependen effects of specific COX-2 inhibitor on growth and differentiation of osteoblasts on titanium surface

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION